poky: subtree update:c67f57c09e..c6bc20857c
Adrian Freihofer (2):
oe-publish-sdk: fix layers init via ssh
oe-publish-sdk: add --keep-orig option
Alexander Kanavin (68):
meta-selftest: correct the virgl test for 5.8 kernels
bison: upgrade 3.6.4 -> 3.7.1
util-linux: upgrade 2.35.2 -> 2.36
python3-numpy: upgrade 1.19.0 -> 1.19.1
python3-setuptools: upgrade 49.3.1 -> 49.6.0
rsync: upgrade 3.2.2 -> 3.2.3
util-linux: merge .inc into .bb
acpica: upgrade 20200528 -> 20200717
asciidoc: upgrade 9.0.1 -> 9.0.2
cryptodev: upgrade 1.10 -> 1.11
diffoscope: upgrade 153 -> 156
epiphany: upgrade 3.36.3 -> 3.36.4
font-alias: upgrade 1.0.3 -> 1.0.4
gtk+3: upgrade 3.24.21 -> 3.24.22
libcheck: upgrade 0.15.0 -> 0.15.2
libinput: upgrade 1.16.0 -> 1.16.1
libpipeline: upgrade 1.5.2 -> 1.5.3
libx11: upgrade 1.6.9 -> 1.6.11
linux-firmware: upgrade 20200619 -> 20200721
man-pages: upgrade 5.07 -> 5.08
mc: upgrade 4.8.24 -> 4.8.25
mesa: upgrade 20.1.4 -> 20.1.5
piglit: upgrade to latest revision
re2c: upgrade 2.0 -> 2.0.2
sysstat: upgrade 12.2.2 -> 12.4.0
vala: upgrade 0.48.7 -> 0.48.9
bootchart2: update 0.14.8 -> 0.14.9
harfbuzz: convert to meson, enable gobject introspection
pango: update 1.44.7 -> 1.46.0
boost: update 1.73.0 -> 1.74.0
xev: update 1.2.3 -> 1.2.4
wpebackend-fdo: update 1.6.1 -> 1.7.1
gpgme: update 1.13.1 -> 1.14.0
libpsl: update 0.21.0 -> 0.21.1.
gettext: update 0.20.2 -> 0.21
cmake: update 3.17.3 -> 3.18.1
linux-firmware: update 20200721 -> 20200817
meson: update 0.55.0 -> 0.55.1
systemd-boot: bump version to 246.2
json-glib: inherit upstream-version-is-even
packagegroup-core-device-devel: remove
oeqa/x32lib: rework to use readelf from the host
oeqa/multilib: rework to use readelf from the host
oeqa/multilib: un-skip the connman test
poky.conf: do not install packagegroup-core-device-devel into qemu images
glib-2.0: update 2.64.4 -> 2.64.5
cmake: upgrade 3.18.1 -> 3.18.2
libxcrypt: upgrade 4.4.16 -> 4.4.17
debianutils: upgrade 4.11 -> 4.11.1
enchant2: upgrade 2.2.8 -> 2.2.9
harfbuzz: upgrade 2.7.1 -> 2.7.2
libmpc: upgrade 1.1.0 -> 1.2.0
librepo: upgrade 1.12.0 -> 1.12.1
libuv: upgrade 1.38.1 -> 1.39.0
msmtp: upgrade 1.8.11 -> 1.8.12
ninja: upgrade 1.10.0 -> 1.10.1
p11-kit: upgrade 0.23.20 -> 0.23.21
pango: upgrade 1.46.0 -> 1.46.1
re2c: upgrade 2.0.2 -> 2.0.3
resolvconf: upgrade 1.82 -> 1.83
stress-ng: upgrade 0.11.18 -> 0.11.19
gnu-config: update to latest revision
nasm: update 2.15.03 -> 2.15.05
libva-utils: fix upstream version check
gnupg: update 2.2.21 -> 2.2.22
libx11: update 1.6.11 -> 1.6.12
mesa: update 20.1.5 -> 20.1.6
xserver-xorg: update 1.20.8 -> 1.20.9
Andrey Zhizhikin (1):
insane: check for missing update-alternatives inherit
Anibal Limon (1):
recipes-kernel: linux-firmware add qcom-venus-{5.2,5.4} packages
Aníbal Limón (1):
recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver: Add patch to fix segfault when probe
Armin Kuster (2):
bind: update to 9.11.22 ESV
core-image-sato: qemumips use 512 mem
Bruce Ashfield (30):
linux-yocto/5.4: update to v5.4.59
linux-yocto/5.8: update to v5.8.2
yocto-bsp: update to v5.4.56
yocto-bsp: update to v5.4.58
qemu: bump default reference kernel to v5.8
linux-yocto/5.8: fix perf and virtio_scsi warnings
linux-yocto-rt/5.8: fix lttng-modules build
linux-yocto/5.8: selftests/bpf: Prevent runqslower from racing on building bpftool
linux-yocto/5.8: disable CONFIG_NFS_DISABLE_UDP_SUPPORT
poky: set preferred version for linux-yocto to be v5.8
poky-tiny: set preferred version to 5.8
poky: add preferred version for linux-yocto-rt
linux-yocto/5.8: update to v5.8.3
linux-yocto/5.4: update to v5.4.60
kernel: config cleanups for 5.8+
linux-yocto/5.4: update to v5.4.61
linux-yocto/5.8: update to v5.8.4
linux-yocto/5.8: disable IKHEADERS in default builds
kernel-yocto: allow promotion of configuration warnings to errors
kernel-yocto: checksum all modifications to available kernel fragments directories
lttng-modules/devupstream: bump to latest 2.12 commits
linux-yocto-dev: bump to v5.9+
linux-yocto/5.8: update to v5.8.5
kernel-devsrc: account for HOSTCC and HOSTCXX
linux-yocto/config: netfilter: Enable nat for ipv4 and ipv6
linux-yocto/5.8: update to v5.8.8
linux-yocto/5.4: update to v5.4.64
linux-yocto/config: configuration warning cleanup
linux-yocto/5.8: update to v5.8.9
linux-yocto/5.4: update to v5.4.65
Changhyeok Bae (2):
iw: upgrade 5.4 -> 5.8
iputils: upgrade s20190709 -> s20200821
Chris Laplante (12):
bitbake: compat.py: remove file since it no longer actually implements anything
bitbake: COW: formatting
bitbake: COW: migrate test suite into tests/cow
cve-update-db-native: add progress handler
cve-check/cve-update-db-native: use lockfile to fix usage under multiconfig
cve-update-db-native: use context manager for cve_f
cve-check: avoid FileNotFoundError if no do_cve_check task has run
bitbake: utils: process_profilelog: use context manager
bitbake: utils: fix UnboundLocalError when _print_exception raises
cve-update-db-native: be less magical about checking whether the cve-check class is enabled
cve-update-db-native: move -journal checking into do_fetch
cve-update-db-native: remove unused variable
Christophe GUIBOUT (1):
initramfs-framework: support kernel cmdline with double quotes
Denys Dmytriyenko (2):
weston: upgrade 8.0.0 -> 9.0.0
cryptodev: bump 1 commit past 1.11 to fix 5.9-rc1+
Diego Sueiro (2):
license_image.bbclass: Create symlink to the image license manifest dir
license_image.bbclass: Fix symlink to the image license manifest dir creation
Douglas Royds (1):
tcmode-default: Drop gcc-cross-initial, gcc-crosssdk-initial references
Frazer Clews (1):
bitbake: lib: fix most undefined code picked up by pylint
Geoff Parker (1):
systemd-serialgetty: Replace sed quoting using ' with " to allow var expansion
Jacob Kroon (1):
gcc10: Don't default back to -fcommon
Jean-Francois Dagenais (1):
bitbake: siggen: clean_basepath: remove recipe full path when virtual:xyz present
Jens Rehsack (1):
lttng-modules: backport patches from 2.12.x to fix 5.4.64+ and 5.8.9+ builds
Joe Slater (1):
pseudo: fix renaming to self
Jon Mason (4):
cortex-m0plus.inc: change file permissions
tune-cortexa55.inc: clean-up ARMv8.2a uses
tune-cortexa57-cortexa53.inc: add CRC and set march
tune-cortexa*: Cleanups
Joshua Watt (8):
wic: Add 512 Byte alignment to --offset
oeqa: runtime_tests: Extra GPG debugging
oeqa: sdk: Capture stderr output
oeqa: reproducible: Fix test not producing diffs
diffoscope: upgrade 156 -> 158
bitbake: bitbake: Add parsing torture test
bitbake: cooker: Block SIGINT in worker processes
sphinx: dev-manual: Clarify that virtual providers do not apply to runtime dependencies
Kai Kang (1):
dhcpcd: 9.1.4 -> 9.2.0
Kevin Hao (1):
meta-yocto-bsp: Bump to the v5.8 kernel
Khairul Rohaizzat Jamaluddin (1):
wic/bootimg-efi: IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES variable added to separate bootimg-efi and bootimg-partition
Khem Raj (24):
gcc-cross-canadian: Install gcc/g++ wrappers for musl
uninative: Upgrade to 2.9
packagegroup-core-tools-profile: Disable lttng-modules for riscv64
lttng-modules: Disable on riscv64
kexec-tools: Fix build with -fno-common on ppc
lttng-tools: Do not build for riscv64
util-linux: Allow update alternatives for additional apps
lttng-tools: lttng-ust works on riscv64
json-glib: Backport a build fix with clang
rpcbind: Use update-alternatives for rpcinfo
go: Upgrade to 1.15 major release
weston-init: Redefine weston service and add socket activation option
musl: Upgrade to latest master
libucontext: Recognise riscv32 architecture
linuxloader.bbclass: Define riscv32 ldso for musl
populate_sdk_ext: Do not assume local.conf will always exist
weston: plane_add_prop() calls break musl atomic modesetting
weston-init: Enable RDP screen share
weston-init: Do not use fbdev backend
weston-init: Select drm/fbdev backends for qemu machines
oeqa/weston: Fix tests to run with systemd
core-image-weston: Bump qemu memory to 512M
go: Update to 1.15.2 minor release
bind: Inherit update-alternatives
Mark Hatle (6):
package_tar.bbclass: Sync to the other package_* classes
kernel.bbclass: Remove do_install[prefunc] no longer needed
buildhistory.bbclass: Rework to use read_subpackage_metadata
kernel.bbclass: Move away from calling package_get_auto_pr
package.bbclass: hash equivalency and pr service
bitbake: process.py: Handle SystemExit exception to eliminate backtrace
Mark Morton (1):
sphinx: test-manual code block, link, and format update
Martin Jansa (7):
devtool: expand SRC_URI when guessing recipe update mode
image-artifact-names: introduce new bbclass and move some variables into it
kernel.bbclass: use bash variables like imageType, base_name without {}
kernel.bbclass: eliminate (initramfs_)symlink_name variables
kernel.bbclass: use camelCase notation for bash variables in do_deploy
*-initramfs: don't use .rootfs IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX
bitbake.conf: use ${TCMODE}-${TCLIBC} directory for CACHE
Matt Madison (1):
image.bbclass: fix REPRODUCIBLE_TIMESTAMP_ROOTFS reference
Michael Gloff (2):
sysvinit rc: Use PSPLASH_FIFO_DIR for progress fifo
sysvinit: Remove ${B} assignment
Michael Tretter (1):
devtool: deploy-target: Fix size calculation for hard links
Ming Liu (2):
systemd: split systemd specific udev rules into its own package
libubootenv: inherit uboot-config
Mingli Yu (3):
qemu: always define unknown_lock_type
qemu: override DEBUG_BUILD
bison: remove the parallel build patch
Naveen Saini (1):
lib/oe/recipeutils.py: add support for BBFILES_DYNAMIC
Nicolas Dechesne (73):
linux-libc-headers: kernel headers are installed in STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR
bitbake: sphinx: add initial build infrastructure
bitbake: sphinx: initial sphinx support
bitbake: sphinx: bitbake-user-manual: use builtin sphinx glossary
bitbake: sphinx: switch to readthedocs theme
bitbake: sphinx: override theme CSS
bitbake: sphinx: fixup for links
bitbake: sphinx: fix links inside notes
bitbake: sphinx: fixes all remaining warnings
bitbake: sphinx: Makefile.sphinx: add clean and publish targets
bitbake: sphinx: tweak html output a bit
bitbake: sphinx: add SPDX headers
bitbake: sphinx: index: move the boilerplate at the end of the page
bitbake: sphinx: conf: enable extlinks extension
bitbake: sphinx: add releases page
bitbake: sphinx: bitbake-user-manual: insert additional blank line after title
bitbake: sphinx: last manual round of fixes/improvements
bitbake: sphinx: update style for important, caution and warnings
bitbake: sphinx: remove leading '/'
bitbake: sphinx: theme_override: properly set font for verbatim text
bitbake: bitbake-user-manual: fix bad links
sphinx: add initial build infrastructure
sphinx: initial sphinx support
sphinx: ref-variables: use builtin sphinx glossary
sphinx: overview-manual: add figures
sphinx: switch to readthedocs theme
sphinx: Add SPDX license headers
sphinx: add CSS theme override
sphinx: bsp-guide: add figures
sphinx: add Yocto project logo
sphinx: conf: update copyright
sphinx: conf: add substitutions/global variables
sphinx: add boilerplate file
sphinx: add boilerplate to manuals
sphinx: ref-manual: add revision history table
sphinx: add a general index
sphinx: conf.py: enable sphinx.ext.autosectionlabel
sphinx: ref-manual: use builtin glossary for the Terms section
sphinx: fix internal links
sphinx: ref-manual: fix typo
sphinx: fix custom term links
sphinx: manual updates for some links
sphinx: dev-manual add figures
sphinx: kernel-dev: add figures
sphinx: profile-manual: add figures
sphinx: fix up bold text for informalexample container
sphinx: ref-manual: add figures
sphinx: sdk-manual: add figures
sphinx: test-manual: add figures
sphinx: toaster-manual: add figures
sphinx: add links for Yocto project website
sphinx: fix links when the link text should be displayed
sphinx: add links to terms in the BitBake glossary
sphinx: add links to section in the Bitbake manual
sphinx: setup extlink for docs.yoctoproject.org
sphinx: enable intersphinx extension
sphinx: insert blank below between title and toc
sphinx: fix up terms related to kernel-fitimage
sphinx: conf: a few rendering tweaks
sphinx: makefile: add publish target
sphinx: conf: include CSS/JS files, the proper way
sphinx: convert 'what I wish I'd known'
sphinx: convert 'transitioning to a custom environment'
sphinx: ref-manual: fix heading for oe-init-build-env
sphinx: brief-yoctoprojectqs: fix up all remaining rendering issues
sphinx: Makefile.sphinx improvements
sphinx: convert bsp-guide
sphinx: remove leading '/'
sphinx: update style for important, caution and warnings
sphinx: profile-manual: convert profile-manual
sphinx: theme_override: properly set font for verbatim text
sphinx: theme_override: add tying-it-together admonition
sphinx: conf: exclude adt-manual/*.rst
Oleksandr Kravchuk (1):
ell: update to 0.33
Ovidiu Panait (1):
libxml2: Fix CVE-2020-24977
Peter A. Bigot (2):
bluez5: fix builds that require ell support
timezone: include leap second data in tzdata-core
Peter Bergin (1):
systemd: avoid failing if no udev rules provided
Pierre-Jean Texier (2):
libubootenv: upgrade 0.3 -> 0.3.1
diffoscope: upgrade 158 -> 160
Quentin Schulz (16):
sphinx: brief-yoctoprojectqs: remove redundant welcome
sphinx: brief-yoctoprojectqs: fix ambiguous note for cyclone5 example
sphinx: brief-yoctoprojectqs: add missing boilerplate
sphinx: overview-manual: add link to AUH how-to section
sphinx: overview-manual: fix bitbake basic explanation
sphinx: brief-yoctoprojectqs: add note on branch consistency between layers
sphinx: what-i-wish-id-known: update "don't be fooled by doc search results"
sphinx: overview-manual: remove highlight in bold section
sphinx: replace special quotes with single and double quotes
sphinx: fix incorrect indentations
sphinx: brief-yoctoprojectqs: put other distros note after Ubuntu-specific packages
sphinx: fix a few typos or missing/too many words
sphinx: "highlight" some variables, tasks or files
sphinx: fix or add missing links and remove mention of Eclipse workflow
ref-manual: examples: hello-autotools: upgrade to 2.10
ref-manual: examples: libxpm: add relative path to .inc
Rahul Kumar (1):
systemd-serialgetty: Fix sed expression quoting
Rasmus Villemoes (1):
kernel.bbclass: run do_symlink_kernsrc before do_patch
Richard Purdie (74):
nativesdk-sdk-provides-dummy: Add /bin/sh
bitbake: fetch2/wget: Remove buffering parameter
bitbake: cooker: Ensure parse_quit thread is closed down
bitbake: cooker: Explictly shut down the sync thread
bitbake: fetch2: Drop cups.org from wget status checks
bitbake: build/msg: Cleanup verbose option handling
bitbake: cooker/cookerdata/main: Improve loglevel handling
bitbake: cookerdata: Ensure UI options are updated to the server
bitbake: cooker/cookerdata: Ensure UI event log is updated from commandline
bitbake: cooker: Defer configuration init to after UI connection
bitbake: server/process: Move the socket code to server process only
bitbake: main/server/process: Drop configuration object passing
bitbake: cooker: Ensure BB_ORIGENV is updated by changes to configuration.env
bitbake: server/process: Log extra threads at exit
bitbake: server/process: Add bitbake-server and exec() a new server process
bitbake: runqueue: Don't use sys.argv
bitbake: cooker: Ensure cooker's enviroment is updated on updateConfig
connman-gnome/matchbox-desktop: Remove file:// globbing
selftest/recipetool: Drop globbing SRC_URI test, no longer supported
local.conf.sample: Document memory resident bitbake
bitbake: fetch2: Drop globbing supprt in file:// SRC_URIs
bitbake: server/process: Use sys.executable for bitbake-server
bitbake: process: Avoid bb.utils.timeout
bitbake: utils: Drop broken timeout function
bitbake: server/process: Fix typo in code causing tracebacks
oeqa/selftest: Apply patch to fix cpio build with -fno-common
runqemu: Show an error for conflicting graphics options
lttng: Move platform logic to dedicated inc file
patchelf: upgrade 0.11 -> 0.12
build-appliance/packagegroup-core-base-utils: Replace dhcp-client/dhcp-server with dhcpcd/kea
selftest/prservice: Improve test failure message
iputils: Adapt ${PN}-tftpd package dependency to PACKAGECONFIG
bitbake: process/knotty: Improve early exception handling
bitbake: cooker/cookerdata: Use BBHandledException, not sys.exit()
bitbake: cookerdata: Fix exception raise statements
bitbake: process: Avoid printing binary strings for leftover processes
bitbake: server/process: Ensure logging is flushed
bitbake: server/process: Don't show tracebacks if the lockfile is removed
bitbake: cooker: Ensure parser replacement calls parser final_cleanup
bitbake: cooker: Assign a name to the sync thread to aid debugging
bitbake: server/process: Ensure we don't keep looping if some other server is started
bitbake: server/process: Prefix the log data with pid/time information
bitbake: server/process: Note when commands complete in logs
bitbake: cooker: Ensure parser is cleaned up
runqemu: Add a hook to allow it to renice
bitbake: cooker: Avoid parser deadlocks
bitbake: cooker: Ensure parser worker signal handlers are default
selftest/signing: Ensure build path relocation is safe
oeqa/concurrencytest: Improve builddir path manipulations
bitbake: cooker/command: Fix disconnection handling
bitbake: tinfoil: Ensure sockets don't leak even when exceptions occur
bitbake: tests/fetch: Move away from problematic freedesktop.org urls
bitbake: sphinx: Enhance the sphinx experience/nagivation with:
bitbake: sphinx: theme_override: Use bold for emphasis text
Revert "qemu: always define unknown_lock_type"
Revert "core-image-sato: qemumips use 512 mem"
sphinx: Organize top level docs
sphinx: releases.rst: Add index/links to docs for previous releases
sphinx: boilerplate.rst: Drop versions notes as we have better navigation now
sphinx: boilerplate.rst: Sphinx puts the copyright elsewhere
sphinx: history: Move revision history to its own section
sphinx: manuals: Move boilerplate after toctree
sphinx: Add support for multiple docs version
sphinx: index.rst: Fix links
sphinx: ref-system-requirements: Improve formatting of the notes sections, merging them
sphinx: ref-manual links fixes and many other cleanups to import
sphinx: dev-manual: Various URL, code block and other fixes to imported data
sphinx: sdk-manual: Various URL, code block and other fixes to imported data
sphinx: kernel-dev: Various URL, code block and other fixes to imported data
sphinx: theme_override: Use bold for emphasis text
sphinx: ref-tasks: Add populate_sdk_ext task definition
sphinx: ref-manual/migration: Split each release into its own file
sphinx: overview-manual: Various URL, code block and other fixes to imported data
build-appliance-image: Update to master head revision
Robert Yang (3):
bitbake: cooker.py: Save prioritized BBFILES to BBFILES_PRIORITIZED
bitbake: utils.py: get_file_layer(): Exit the loop when file is matched
bitbake: utils.py: get_file_layer(): Improve performance
Ross Burton (25):
package.bbclass: explode the RPROVIDES so we don't think the versions are provides
elfutils: silence a new QA warning
insane: improve gnu-hash-style warning
gdk-pixbuf: add tests PACKAGECONFIG
debianutils: change SRC_URI to use snapshot.debian.org
insane: only load real files as ELF
autoconf: consolidate SRC_URI
autoconf: consolidate DEPENDS
kea: no need to depend on kea-native
kea: don't use PACKAGECONFIG inappropriately
kea: bump to 1.7.10
help2man: rewrite recipe
local.conf.sample.extended: remove help2man reference
curl: add vendors to CVE_PRODUCT to exclude false positives
harfbuzz: update patch status
harfbuzz: fix a build race around hb-version.h
cmake: whitelist CVE-2016-10642
ncurses: remove config.cache
qemu: fix CVE-2020-14364
cve-update-db-native: remove unused import
cve-update-db-native: add more logging when fetching
cve-update-db-native: use fetch task
alsa-plugins: improve .la removal
sato-screenshot: improve .la removal
buildhistory-diff: use BUILDDIR to know where buildhistory is
Saul Wold (1):
gnupg: uprev 2.2.22 -> 2.2.23
Stacy Gaikovaia (2):
bison: uprev from 3.7.1 to 3.7.2
valgrind: fix memcheck vgtests remove fullpath-after flags
Steve Sakoman (1):
xinput-calibrator: change SRC_URI to branch with libinput support
Sumit Garg (1):
insane: fix gnu-hash-style check
TeohJayShen (1):
oeqa/runtime: add test for matchbox-terminal
Tim Orling (1):
sphinx: toaster-manual: fix vars, links, code blocks
Vijai Kumar K (2):
image_types_wic: Add ASSUME_PROVIDED to WICVARS
wic: misc: Add /bin to the list of searchpaths
Yanfei Xu (1):
kernel-yocto: only replace leading -I in include paths
Yi Zhao (1):
glib-networking: add ptest
Zhixiong Chi (1):
gnutls: CVE-2020-24659
akuster (8):
log4cplus: move meta-oe pkg to core
kea: Move from meta-networking
maintainers.inc: Add me as kea & log4plus maintainer.
dhcpcd: Move from meta-network as OE-Core needs a client
maintainers.inc: Add me as dhcpcd maintainer
dhcp: remove from core
bind: Add 9.16.x
bind: 9.11 remove
hongxu (1):
sysstat: fix installed-vs-shipped QA Issue in systemd
zangrc (4):
libcap:upgrade 2.42 -> 2.43
libcap-ng:upgrade 0.7.10 -> 0.7.11
libgpg-error:upgrade 1.38 -> 1.39
at-spi2-core:upgrade 2.36.0 -> 2.36.1
Signed-off-by: Andrew Geissler <geissonator@yahoo.com>
Change-Id: I5542f5eea751a2641342e945725fd687cd74bebe
diff --git a/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.rst b/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..625a37c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,8899 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-2.0-UK
+
+******************
+Variables Glossary
+******************
+
+This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build
+system and gives an overview of their function and contents.
+
+`A <#var-ABIEXTENSION>`__ :term:`B` `C <#var-CACHE>`__
+:term:`D` `E <#var-EFI_PROVIDER>`__ `F <#var-FEATURE_PACKAGES>`__
+`G <#var-GCCPIE>`__ `H <#var-HOMEPAGE>`__ `I <#var-ICECC_DISABLED>`__
+`K <#var-KARCH>`__ `L <#var-LABELS>`__ `M <#var-MACHINE>`__
+`N <#var-NATIVELSBSTRING>`__ `O <#var-OBJCOPY>`__ :term:`P`
+`R <#var-RANLIB>`__ :term:`S` :term:`T`
+`U <#var-UBOOT_CONFIG>`__ `V <#var-VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>`__
+`W <#var-WARN_QA>`__ `X <#var-XSERVER>`__
+
+.. glossary::
+
+ ABIEXTENSION
+ Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU
+ canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi").
+
+ ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the
+ following extension:
+ ::
+
+ ABIEXTENSION = "eabi"
+
+ ALLOW_EMPTY
+ Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty.
+ By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default
+ behavior can cause issues when there is an
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime
+ requirement on the existence of the package.
+
+ Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
+ conjunction with a package name override, as in:
+ ::
+
+ ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1"
+ ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1"
+ ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1"
+
+ ALTERNATIVE
+ Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming
+ scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages.
+ When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the
+ alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the
+ commands can co-exist.
+
+ To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist
+ as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package
+ has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you
+ identify them as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket"
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME
+ Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual
+ locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the
+ ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must
+ use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual
+ location:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/["
+
+ In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``)
+ from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME is not defined, it defaults to ${bindir}/ name.
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY
+ Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for
+ duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
+ default regardless of the command name or package, a default for
+ specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default
+ for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the
+ available syntax forms:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority"
+ ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority"
+ ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority"
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_TARGET
+ Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for
+ duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
+ default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the
+ command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands
+ regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to
+ particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target"
+ ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target"
+ ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` is not defined, it inherits the value
+ from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable.
+
+ If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` and ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` are the
+ same, the target for ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` has "``.{BPN}``"
+ appended to it.
+
+ Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the
+ alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename
+ alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
+ task while retaining support for the command if necessary.
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ APPEND
+ An override list of append strings for each target specified with
+ :term:`LABELS`.
+
+ See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
+ information on how this variable is used.
+
+ AR
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``.
+
+ ARCHIVER_MODE
+ When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class,
+ determines the type of information used to create a released archive.
+ You can use this variable to create archives of patched source,
+ original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the
+ following variable flags (varflags):
+ ::
+
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files.
+
+ For information on how the variable works, see the
+ ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ AS
+ Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler.
+
+ ASSUME_PROVIDED
+ Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not
+ attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already
+ been built.
+
+ In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native
+ tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which
+ when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used
+ rather than building ``git-native``.
+
+ ASSUME_SHLIBS
+ Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which
+ adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the
+ system. Separate multiple entries using spaces.
+
+ As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of
+ shlibname in packagename with the optional version:
+ ::
+
+ shlibname:packagename[_version]
+
+ Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1``
+ as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package:
+ ::
+
+ ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation"
+
+ AUTHOR
+ The email address used to contact the original author or authors in
+ order to send patches and forward bugs.
+
+ AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS
+ When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
+ which is the default behavior, ``AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`` specifies which
+ packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to
+ Debian library package naming.
+
+ The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to
+ act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe.
+
+ AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU
+ Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You
+ must set this variable in your recipe. The
+ :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable.
+
+ AUTOREV
+ When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to
+ use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
+
+ If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of
+ software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains
+ ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you
+ have a kernel recipe that inherits the
+ :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous
+ statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get
+ into ``PV``. Consequently, you need to change ``PV`` in your recipe
+ so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``.
+
+ For more information see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ AVAILABLE_LICENSES
+ List of licenses found in the directories specified by
+ :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and
+ :term:`LICENSE_PATH`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is assumed that all changes to
+ COMMON_LICENSE_DIR
+ and
+ LICENSE_PATH
+ have been done before
+ AVAILABLE_LICENSES
+ is defined (in
+ license.bbclass
+ ).
+
+ AVAILTUNES
+ The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI)
+ tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build
+ system.
+
+ The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes
+ may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with
+ each other in a
+ :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>`
+ configuration.
+
+ To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the
+ "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the
+ "=" operator. See the
+ ":ref:`Basic Syntax <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax>`" section in the BitBake
+ User Manual for more information.
+
+ B
+ The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in
+ which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a
+ recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the
+ :term:`S` directory, which is defined as:
+ ::
+
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
+
+ You can separate the (``S``) directory and the directory pointed to
+ by the ``B`` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support
+ separating these directories. The build system defaults to using
+ separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes.
+
+ BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS
+ Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only
+ packages are packages installed only through the
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any
+ of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them
+ with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
+
+ You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
+ can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
+ override:
+ ::
+
+ BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name"
+
+ It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
+ using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
+ (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
+ variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
+ will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
+
+ Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
+ packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
+
+ See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related
+ information.
+
+ BASE_LIB
+ The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary
+ Interface (ABI) tune. The ``BASE_LIB`` applies only in the Multilib
+ context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information
+ on Multilib.
+
+ The ``BASE_LIB`` variable is defined in the machine include files in
+ the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not
+ being used, the value defaults to "lib".
+
+ BASE_WORKDIR
+ Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default
+ value is "${TMPDIR}/work".
+
+ BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS
+ Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed
+ to use to obtain the required source code. Following are
+ considerations surrounding this variable:
+
+ - This host list is only used if ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` is either not set
+ or set to "0".
+
+ - Limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of
+ host names exists. For example, the following setting matches
+ ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``.
+ ::
+
+ BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of
+ a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the
+ host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
+ location of the name or combined with the front part of the
+ name.
+
+ For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar``
+ is not.
+
+ - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug.
+
+ - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure.
+
+ Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with
+ :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host
+ you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code being
+ fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a
+ host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI`
+ statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the
+ host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after a successful fetch from the
+ ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs.
+
+ BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY
+ Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file
+ (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This
+ condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core``
+ bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the
+ other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe
+ yet).
+
+ The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction
+ given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your
+ changes are no longer being applied.
+
+ You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1",
+ "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1"
+
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS
+ Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows
+ you to control the build based on these parameters.
+
+ Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring,
+ add the ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file
+ found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the
+ following form:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]"
+
+ where:
+
+ action is:
+ ABORT: Immediately abort the build when
+ a threshold is broken.
+ STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently
+ executing tasks have finished when
+ a threshold is broken.
+ WARN: Issue a warning but continue the
+ build when a threshold is broken.
+ Subsequent warnings are issued as
+ defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
+ variable, which must be defined in
+ the conf/local.conf file.
+
+ dir is:
+ Any directory you choose. You can specify one or
+ more directories to monitor by separating the
+ groupings with a space. If two directories are
+ on the same device, only the first directory
+ is monitored.
+
+ threshold is:
+ Either the minimum available disk space,
+ the minimum number of free inodes, or
+ both. You must specify at least one. To
+ omit one or the other, simply omit the value.
+ Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes,
+ Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do
+ not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by
+ default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB.
+
+ Here are some examples:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G"
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K"
+
+ The first example works only if you also provide the
+ :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
+ variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build
+ system to immediately abort when either the disk space in
+ ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops
+ below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the
+ variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space
+ in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number
+ of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued
+ during intervals as defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL``
+ variable.
+
+ The second example stops the build after all currently executing
+ tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}``
+ directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free
+ inodes in this case.
+
+ The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of
+ free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No
+ disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case.
+
+ BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
+ Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these
+ intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in
+ the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you
+ must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
+ variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build,
+ subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free
+ inodes further reduces by the respective interval.
+
+ If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you
+ do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk
+ monitoring interval defaults to the following:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
+
+ When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the
+ following form:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval"
+
+ where:
+
+ disk_space_interval is:
+ An interval of memory expressed in either
+ G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
+ respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
+
+ disk_inode_interval is:
+ An interval of free inodes expressed in either
+ G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
+ respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
+
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
+ BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
+
+ These variables cause the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the
+ available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of
+ free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}``
+ directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time
+ a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1
+ Gbytes and 100 Kbytes).
+
+ BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS
+ Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git
+ repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the
+ :term:`DL_DIR` directory.
+
+ For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these
+ repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build
+ system.
+ ::
+
+ BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
+
+ Set this variable in your
+ ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can
+ clean up your ``DL_DIR`` directory by deleting any Git or other
+ source control work directories.
+
+ BB_NUMBER_THREADS
+ The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one
+ time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this
+ variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For
+ example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses
+ hyper-threading causes the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable to default
+ to "4".
+
+ For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
+ override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
+ However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
+ CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable
+ is not set higher than "20".
+
+ For more information on speeding up builds, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT
+ Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake
+ server due to inactivity. Set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to determine how
+ long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations.
+
+ For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file
+ instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity:
+ ::
+
+ BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20"
+
+ If you want the server to never be unloaded,
+ set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to "-1".
+
+ BBCLASSEXTEND
+ Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the
+ software. Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like
+ ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build
+ system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to
+ run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target
+ :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK
+ machine instead of ``MACHINE``; and "mulitlibs" in the form
+ "``multilib:``\ multilib_name".
+
+ To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of
+ code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:
+ ::
+
+ BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk"
+ BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe
+ variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such
+ as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of
+ a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten
+ to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native".
+
+ Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once.
+ Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not
+ possible to include a different file depending on the variant,
+ since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is
+ parsed.
+
+ BBFILE_COLLECTIONS
+ Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find
+ the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append
+ its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file.
+
+ BBFILE_PATTERN
+ Variable that expands to match files from
+ :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable
+ is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the
+ name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``).
+
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY
+ Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.
+
+ This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears
+ in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to
+ prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe
+ - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple
+ layers. The precedence established through this variable stands
+ regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For
+ example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but for
+ which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence still
+ has a lower precedence.
+
+ A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a
+ higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence
+ than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable
+ is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable
+ for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a
+ layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1
+ if no priorities are defined).
+
+ .. tip::
+
+ You can use the command
+ bitbake-layers show-layers
+ to list all configured layers along with their priorities.
+
+ BBFILES
+ A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build
+ software.
+
+ When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's
+ `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax.
+ For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the
+ previous link.
+
+ BBFILES_DYNAMIC
+ Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify
+ the layers by the collections that the layers define.
+
+ Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files
+ whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to
+ modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to
+ introduce a hard dependency on those other layers.
+
+ Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``:
+ collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two
+ collection names and two filename patterns:
+ ::
+
+ BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \
+ clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \
+ core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \
+ "
+
+ This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid
+ entries are found, which cause parsing to abort:
+ ::
+
+ ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not:
+ /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend
+ /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend
+
+ BBINCLUDELOGS
+ Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure.
+
+ BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES
+ If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the
+ maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when
+ reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``,
+ the entire log is printed.
+
+ BBLAYERS
+ Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined
+ in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ BBLAYERS = " \
+ /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \
+ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
+ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \
+ "
+
+ This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom,
+ user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``.
+
+ BBMASK
+ Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files.
+
+ You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and
+ ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append
+ files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not
+ see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or
+ otherwise used by BitBake.
+
+ The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression
+ compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular
+ Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full
+ paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's
+ documentation at http://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#re.
+
+ The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell
+ BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the
+ ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory:
+ ::
+
+ BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/"
+
+ If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can
+ specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example
+ masks out multiple directories and individual recipes: ::
+
+ BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/"
+ BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/"
+ BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap"
+ BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend"
+ BBMASK += "lzma"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character
+ to ensure you match just that directory name.
+
+ BBMULTICONFIG
+ Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are
+ building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in
+ your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a
+ multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For
+ example, the following line specifies three configuration files:
+ ::
+
+ BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC"
+
+ Each configuration file you
+ use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory`
+ ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g.
+ build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``).
+
+ For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment
+ that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-building-images-for-multiple-targets-using-multiple-configurations`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ BBPATH
+ Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This
+ variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the
+ Build Directory
+ , you must be sure to set
+ BBPATH
+ to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any
+ environment variable and then run BitBake:
+ ::
+
+ $ BBPATH = "build_directory"
+ $ export BBPATH
+ $ bitbake target
+
+
+ BBSERVER
+ If defined in the BitBake environment, ``BBSERVER`` points to the
+ BitBake remote server.
+
+ Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake
+ environment:
+ ::
+
+ export BBSERVER=localhost:$port
+
+ By default, ``BBSERVER`` also appears in
+ :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`.
+ Consequently, ``BBSERVER`` is excluded from checksum and dependency
+ data.
+
+ BINCONFIG
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class,
+ this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in
+ favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The
+ ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to
+ return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and
+ replaced.
+
+ To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example
+ from the ``libpng`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config"
+
+ BINCONFIG_GLOB
+ When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
+ this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that
+ need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have
+ been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when
+ installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other
+ recipes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ BINCONFIG_GLOB
+ variable uses
+ shell globbing
+ , which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern
+ matching. Shell globbing is very similar to
+ fnmatch
+ and
+ glob
+ .
+
+ For more information on how this variable works, see
+ ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+ You can also find general
+ information on the class in the
+ ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
+
+ BP
+ The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name
+ suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is
+ comprised of the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${BPN}-${PV}
+
+ BPN
+ This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with
+ common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``,
+ ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``.
+ The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the
+ :term:`MLPREFIX` and
+ :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables,
+ respectively.
+
+ BUGTRACKER
+ Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe.
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the
+ variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being
+ built needs to be manually reported.
+
+ BUILD_ARCH
+ Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The
+ OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of ``BUILD_ARCH`` from the
+ machine name reported by the ``uname`` command.
+
+ BUILD_AS_ARCH
+ Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build
+ host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_AS_ARCH`` is empty.
+
+ BUILD_CC_ARCH
+ Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build
+ host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is empty.
+
+ BUILD_CCLD
+ Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C
+ compiler is being used as the linker. By default, ``BUILD_CCLD``
+ points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of
+ :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
+ ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
+
+ BUILD_CFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
+ build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
+ :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
+ default.
+
+ BUILD_CPPFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C
+ and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When
+ building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS`
+ is set to the value of this variable by default.
+
+ BUILD_CXXFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
+ build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
+ :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ BUILD_FC
+ Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By
+ default, ``BUILD_FC`` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the
+ value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
+ ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
+
+ BUILD_LD
+ Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default,
+ ``BUILD_LD`` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments
+ the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming
+ ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is set.
+
+ BUILD_LD_ARCH
+ Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By
+ default, the value of ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is empty.
+
+ BUILD_LDFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build
+ host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ BUILD_OPTIMIZATION
+ Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
+ building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through
+ the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and
+ :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values.
+
+ The default value of the ``BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`` variable is "-O2
+ -pipe".
+
+ BUILD_OS
+ Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g.
+ "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of
+ ``BUILD_OS`` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the
+ first word, converted to lower-case characters.
+
+ BUILD_PREFIX
+ The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded
+ build system uses the ``BUILD_PREFIX`` value to set the
+ :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for
+ ``native`` recipes.
+
+ BUILD_STRIP
+ Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from
+ binaries produced for the build host. By default, ``BUILD_STRIP``
+ points to
+ ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``.
+
+ BUILD_SYS
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building
+ ``native`` recipes).
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`,
+ :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the
+ ``BUILD_SYS`` variable yourself.
+
+ BUILD_VENDOR
+ Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host.
+ The default value is an empty string ("").
+
+ BUILDDIR
+ Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ You can define this directory indirectly through the
+ ````` <#structure-core-script>`__ script by passing in a Build
+ Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do
+ not provide a Build Directory path, the ``BUILDDIR`` defaults to
+ ``build`` in the current directory.
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build
+ history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local
+ repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory``
+ class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each
+ top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages,
+ and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time,
+ you should set this value to "1".
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build
+ history output in a local Git repository:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0"
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit.
+ In order for the ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable to work, the
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must
+ be set to "1".
+
+ Git requires that the value you provide for the
+ ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable takes the form of "name
+ email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid
+ does not produce an error.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>"
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_DIR
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history
+ information is kept. For more information on how the variable works,
+ see the ``buildhistory.class``.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory"
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies the build history features to be
+ enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list:
+
+ - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the
+ list of installed packages among other things.
+
+ - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages.
+
+ - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit
+ (SDK).
+
+ - *task:* Save output file signatures for
+ :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>`
+ (sstate) tasks.
+ This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for
+ each file staged (i.e. the output of the task).
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following
+ features:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk"
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from
+ the image contents into the build history directory under an
+ "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you
+ can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy
+ ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for
+ changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include
+ any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error.
+ Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the
+ following files:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group"
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to
+ which build history pushes Git changes. In order for
+ ``BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`` to work,
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to
+ "1".
+
+ The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a
+ repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name
+ that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local
+ repository.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= ""
+
+ BUILDSDK_CFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
+ SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
+ :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
+ default.
+
+ BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
+ C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in
+ the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set
+ to the value of this variable by default.
+
+ BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
+ SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
+ :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK.
+ When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ BUILDSTATS_BASE
+ Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics
+ when you use and enable the
+ :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The
+ ``BUILDSTATS_BASE`` directory defaults to
+ ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``.
+
+ BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID
+ For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output
+ executable file into two parts: one for features that require
+ ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that
+ do not require ``setuid root``).
+
+ The ``BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`` variable defaults to "1", which results in
+ splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get
+ a single output executable file.
+
+ CACHE
+ Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the
+ :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time
+ BitBake is started.
+
+ CC
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler.
+
+ CFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is
+ exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
+ software being built during the compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``CFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the
+ target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for
+ an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ CLASSOVERRIDE
+ An internal variable specifying the special class override that
+ should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so
+ forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g.
+ :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`,
+ :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the
+ variable to appropriate values.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ CLASSOVERRIDE
+ gets its default "class-target" value from the
+ bitbake.conf
+ file.
+
+ As an example, the following override allows you to install extra
+ files, but only when building for the target:
+ ::
+
+ do_install_append_class-target() {
+ install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir}
+ }
+
+ Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to
+ "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not
+ building for the build host:
+ ::
+
+ FOO_class-native = "native"
+ FOO = "other"
+
+ The underlying mechanism behind ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` is simply
+ that it is included in the default value of
+ :term:`OVERRIDES`.
+
+ CLEANBROKEN
+ If set to "1" within a recipe, ``CLEANBROKEN`` specifies that the
+ ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built.
+ Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run
+ ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
+ task, which is the default behavior.
+
+ COMBINED_FEATURES
+ Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of
+ features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at
+ the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the
+ "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be
+ optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports
+ Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it.
+
+ COMMON_LICENSE_DIR
+ Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license
+ files reside.
+
+ COMPATIBLE_HOST
+ A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the
+ recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is
+ non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression
+ is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the
+ variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with
+ which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is
+ particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase
+ parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not
+ compatible with the current system.
+
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE
+ A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines
+ with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched
+ against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use
+ the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which
+ the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly
+ useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing
+ speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible
+ with the current machine.
+
+ COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB
+ Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary
+ packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in
+ an image.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB
+ variable uses Unix filename pattern matching (
+ fnmatch
+ ), which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion (
+ glob
+ ).
+
+ The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an
+ item that can be added to
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of
+ this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
+ will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development
+ files) for every package in the image.
+
+ To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag
+ to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the
+ wildcard. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev'
+
+ COMPONENTS_DIR
+ Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
+ system uses ``COMPONENTS_DIR`` when constructing recipe-specific
+ sysroots for other recipes.
+
+ The default is
+ "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``."
+ (i.e.
+ "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``").
+
+ CONF_VERSION
+ Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e.
+ ``local.conf``). The value for ``CONF_VERSION`` increments each time
+ ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes.
+
+ CONFFILES
+ Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package.
+ If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update
+ packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration
+ files you have changed after the original installation and that you
+ now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words,
+ editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset
+ as part of the package update process. You can use the ``CONFFILES``
+ variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent
+ the PMS from overwriting during this update process.
+
+ To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override
+ that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a
+ space-separated list of files. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \
+ ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3"
+
+ A relationship exists between the ``CONFFILES`` and ``FILES``
+ variables. The files listed within ``CONFFILES`` must be a subset of
+ the files listed within ``FILES``. Because the configuration files
+ you provide with ``CONFFILES`` are simply being identified so that
+ the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must
+ already be included as part of the package through the ``FILES``
+ variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When specifying paths as part of the
+ CONFFILES
+ variable, it is good practice to use appropriate path variables.
+ For example,
+ ${sysconfdir}
+ rather than
+ /etc
+ or
+ ${bindir}
+ rather than
+ /usr/bin
+ . You can find a list of these variables at the top of the
+ meta/conf/bitbake.conf
+ file in the
+ Source Directory
+ .
+
+ CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE
+ Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The
+ OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig
+ variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set
+ to null ("").
+
+ The ``CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`` can be either a single cpio archive
+ with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and
+ files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain
+ a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories
+ should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs
+ image. Files should contain entries according to the format described
+ by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree.
+
+ If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image
+ will be the aggregate of all of them.
+
+ For information on creating an initramfs, see the
+ ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ CONFIG_SITE
+ A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to
+ the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities
+ when running ``configure``.
+
+ CONFIGURE_FLAGS
+ The minimal arguments for GNU configure.
+
+ CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`distro_features_check <ref-classes-distro_features_check>`
+ class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be
+ in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the
+ ``CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that also
+ appears in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, an
+ error occurs and the build stops.
+
+ COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE
+ A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source
+ archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In
+ other words, if a license in a recipe's
+ :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of
+ ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE``, then its source is not archived by the
+ class.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE
+ variable takes precedence over the
+ COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE
+ variable.
+
+ The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for
+ ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE
+ A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived
+ by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other
+ words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE`
+ value is in the value of ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE``, then its
+ source is archived by the class.
+
+ The default value is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes
+ "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*".
+
+ COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE
+ A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the
+ :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
+ ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
+ exclusion caused through the
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
+ variables, respectively.
+
+ The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude
+ any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE
+ A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the
+ :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
+ ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
+ exclusion caused through the
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
+ variables, respectively.
+
+ The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include
+ any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES
+ A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source
+ archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
+ Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``,
+ ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``.
+
+ The default value, which is "target*", for ``COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES``
+ is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>`
+ class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ COPY_LIC_DIRS
+ If set to "1" along with the
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files,
+ which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each
+ package. The license files are placed in directories within the image
+ itself during build time.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ COPY_LIC_DIRS
+ does not offer a path for adding licenses for newly installed
+ packages to an image, which might be most suitable for read-only
+ filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
+ LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE
+ variable for additional information. You can also reference the "
+ Providing License Text
+ " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
+ information on providing license text.
+
+ COPY_LIC_MANIFEST
+ If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license
+ manifest for the image to
+ ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image
+ itself during build time.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ COPY_LIC_MANIFEST
+ does not offer a path for adding licenses for newly installed
+ packages to an image, which might be most suitable for read-only
+ filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
+ LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE
+ variable for additional information. You can also reference the "
+ Providing License Text
+ " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
+ information on providing license text.
+
+ CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL
+ Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should
+ only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found
+ in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer
+ supported.
+
+ COREBASE
+ Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata
+ layer (i.e. ``meta``).
+
+ It is an important distinction that ``COREBASE`` points to the parent
+ of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you
+ have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name
+ for your local copy of the repository. In this case, ``COREBASE``
+ points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of
+ the ``poky/meta`` layer.
+
+ COREBASE_FILES
+ Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that
+ should be copied other than the layers listed in the
+ ``bblayers.conf`` file. The ``COREBASE_FILES`` variable exists for
+ the purpose of copying metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system
+ into the extensible SDK.
+
+ Explicitly listing files in ``COREBASE`` is needed because it
+ typically contains build directories and other files that should not
+ normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value
+ of ``COREBASE_FILES`` is used in order to only copy the files that
+ are actually needed.
+
+ CPP
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor.
+
+ CPPFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
+ C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment
+ variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the
+ compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``CPPFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for
+ the target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building
+ for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ CROSS_COMPILE
+ The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The
+ ``CROSS_COMPILE`` variable is the same as the
+ :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system sets the
+ CROSS_COMPILE
+ variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel
+ and kernel module recipes).
+
+ CVSDIR
+ The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are
+ stored.
+
+ CXX
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler.
+
+ CXXFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is
+ exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
+ software being built during the compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``CXXFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for
+ the target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building
+ for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ D
+ The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory`
+ where components are installed by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults
+ to:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/image
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under
+ fakeroot
+ .
+
+ DATE
+ The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month,
+ and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015).
+
+ DATETIME
+ The date and time on which the current build started. The format is
+ suitable for timestamps.
+
+ DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME
+ When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
+ which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a
+ particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library
+ package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you
+ set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1"
+
+ DEBIANNAME
+ When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
+ which is the default behavior, ``DEBIANNAME`` allows you to override
+ the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library
+ name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an
+ override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the
+ ``dbus`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1"
+
+ DEBUG_BUILD
+ Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This
+ influences the value of the ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable.
+
+ DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION
+ The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
+ compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O
+ -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe".
+
+ DEFAULT_PREFERENCE
+ Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority.
+
+ The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within
+ a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the
+ variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build
+ by default in the absence of ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` being used to
+ build the development version.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The bias provided by
+ DEFAULT_PREFERENCE
+ is weak and is overridden by
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY
+ if that variable is different between two layers that contain
+ different versions of the same recipe.
+
+ DEFAULTTUNE
+ The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e.
+ the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The
+ ``DEFAULTTUNE`` helps define
+ :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
+
+ The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the
+ machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override
+ the setting using available tunes as defined with
+ :term:`AVAILTUNES`.
+
+ DEPENDS
+ Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on
+ other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are
+ needed by the recipe at build time.
+
+ As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following
+ assignment:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS = "bar"
+
+ The practical effect of the previous
+ assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in
+ the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs.
+ This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on
+ the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of
+ each recipe listed in ``DEPENDS``, through a
+ ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
+ declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It seldom is necessary to reference, for example,
+ STAGING_DIR_HOST
+ explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are
+ configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots.
+
+ As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities
+ that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe
+ that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen``
+ might have the following:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS = "codegen-native"
+
+ For more
+ information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and
+ the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - ``DEPENDS`` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise,
+ it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which
+ usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as
+ "foo-dev" in ``DEPENDS`` does not make sense. Use "foo"
+ instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make
+ up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the
+ sysroot.
+
+ - One recipe having another recipe in ``DEPENDS`` does not by
+ itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages
+ produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual,
+ runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning
+ ``DEPENDS`` alone is sufficient for most recipes.
+
+ - Counterintuitively, ``DEPENDS`` is often necessary even for
+ recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if
+ ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against
+ ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both
+ ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot.
+ Without a ``DEPENDS`` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo``
+ to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might
+ fail to link against ``libfoo``.
+
+ For information on runtime dependencies, see the
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
+ ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
+ ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
+ BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
+ dependencies.
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR
+ Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to
+ place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready
+ to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory
+ resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
+ ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``.
+
+ For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
+ For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
+ ":ref:`Images <images-dev-environment>`", ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`", and
+ ":ref:`sdk-dev-environment`" sections all in the
+ Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_DEB
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build
+ system. This variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_deb".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb"
+
+ The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task
+ writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more
+ information on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ images and other associated output files that are ready to be
+ deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific
+ as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory
+ resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
+ ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``.
+
+ For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
+ For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
+ ":ref:`Images <images-dev-environment>`" and
+ ":ref:`sdk-dev-environment`" sections both in
+ the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_IPK
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
+ This variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_ipk".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
+ sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk"
+
+ The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task
+ writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
+ on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_RPM
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
+ This variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_rpm".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
+ sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm"
+
+ The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task
+ writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
+ on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_TAR
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This
+ variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_tar".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
+ sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar"
+
+ The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task
+ writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
+ on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ DEPLOYDIR
+ When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the
+ ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that
+ is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${:term:`PN`}"
+
+ Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be
+ deployed into ``DEPLOYDIR``, and the class will take care of copying
+ them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
+ afterwards.
+
+ DESCRIPTION
+ The package description used by package managers. If not set,
+ ``DESCRIPTION`` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY`
+ variable.
+
+ DISTRO
+ The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name
+ of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
+ variable.
+
+ The ``DISTRO`` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration
+ file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose
+ filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution
+ configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf``
+ and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the
+ :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO = "poky"
+
+ Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
+ directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
+ distribution configuration. The value for ``DISTRO`` must not contain
+ spaces, and is typically all lower-case.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the
+ DISTRO
+ variable is blank, a set of default configurations are used, which
+ are specified within
+ meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf
+ also in the Source Directory.
+
+ DISTRO_CODENAME
+ Specifies a codename for the distribution being built.
+
+ DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS
+ Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images.
+ This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the
+ variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that
+ include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep
+ distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro
+ variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file.
+
+ DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS
+ Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if
+ the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g.
+ kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but
+ you can remove them.
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES
+ The software support you want in your distribution for various
+ features. You define your distribution features in the distribution
+ configuration file.
+
+ In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` is translated to the appropriate option supplied
+ to the configure script during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that
+ optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, causes every piece of software built for the
+ target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support
+ enabled.
+
+ Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete
+ list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can
+ provide with this variable, see the "`Distro
+ Features <#ref-features-distro>`__" section.
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL
+ Features to be added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` if not also present in
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
+
+ This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
+ not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
+ the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for
+ all distro configurations. See the "`Feature
+ Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for more
+ information.
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
+ Features from ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
+ backfilled (i.e. added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES``) during the build. See
+ the "`Feature Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for
+ more information.
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT
+ A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro
+ features with the exception of any features specific to the C library
+ (``libc``).
+
+ When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be
+ able to reuse the default
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the
+ need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature"
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE
+ Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
+ included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building native recipes. This
+ variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
+ variable.
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK
+ Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
+ included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building nativesdk recipes. This
+ variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
+ variable.
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE
+ Specifies a list of features that should be included in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native
+ recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered
+ using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
+ variable.
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK
+ Specifies a list of features that should be included in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building
+ nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features
+ filtered using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
+ variable.
+
+ DISTRO_NAME
+ The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name
+ of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable.
+
+ The ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable corresponds to a distribution
+ configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's
+ argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the
+ distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named
+ ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory
+ of the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set
+ as follows:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)"
+
+ Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
+ directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
+ distribution configuration.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the
+ DISTRO_NAME
+ variable is blank, a set of default configurations are used, which
+ are specified within
+ meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf
+ also in the Source Directory.
+
+ DISTRO_VERSION
+ The version of the distribution.
+
+ DISTROOVERRIDES
+ A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current
+ distribution. By default, this list includes the value of
+ :term:`DISTRO`.
+
+ You can extend ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that should
+ apply to the distribution.
+
+ The underlying mechanism behind ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` is simply that it
+ is included in the default value of
+ :term:`OVERRIDES`.
+
+ DL_DIR
+ The central download directory used by the build process to store
+ downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring
+ for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git
+ repositories, use the
+ :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
+ variable.
+
+ You can set this directory by defining the ``DL_DIR`` variable in the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you
+ should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is
+ ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ ::
+
+ #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads"
+
+ To specify a different download directory,
+ simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory.
+
+ During a first build, the system downloads many different source code
+ tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a
+ while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are
+ all stored in the directory defined by ``DL_DIR`` and the build
+ system looks there first to find source tarballs.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to
+ speed up this part of subsequent builds.
+
+ You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the
+ same development machine. For additional information on how the build
+ process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy
+ server, see this specific question in the
+ "`FAQ <#how-does-the-yocto-project-obtain-source-code-and-will-it-work-behind-my-firewall-or-proxy-server>`__"
+ chapter. You can also refer to the
+ ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </wiki/Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
+ Wiki page.
+
+ DOC_COMPRESS
+ When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>`
+ class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the
+ OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By
+ default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies
+ available are xz and bz2.
+
+ For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the
+ comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file.
+
+ EFI_PROVIDER
+ When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or
+ ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the
+ ``EFI_PROVIDER`` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The
+ default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead.
+
+ See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more
+ information.
+
+ ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION
+ Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated
+ during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or
+ less).
+
+ ERR_REPORT_DIR
+ When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>`
+ class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by
+ the :ref:`error reporting
+ tool <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which
+ allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central
+ database. By default, the value of this variable is
+ ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
+
+ You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error
+ reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your
+ ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
+
+ ERROR_QA
+ Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
+ errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
+ your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
+ can control with this variable, see the
+ ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
+
+ EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS
+ Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to
+ exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from
+ the internal function
+ package_do_shlibs
+ , which is part of the
+ do_package
+ task. You should be aware that the shared libraries resolver might
+ implicitly define some dependencies between packages.
+
+ The ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable is similar to the
+ :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a
+ package's particular libraries only and not the whole package.
+
+ Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a
+ particular package:
+ ::
+
+ EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1"
+
+ EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD
+ Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e.
+ ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and
+ builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the
+ ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file.
+
+ To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the
+ variable to "1" in the recipe.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Recipes added to
+ EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD
+ may still be built during a world build in order to satisfy
+ dependencies of other recipes. Adding a recipe to
+ EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD
+ only ensures that the recipe is not explicitly added to the list
+ of build targets in a world build.
+
+ EXTENDPE
+ Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's
+ version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If ``PE``
+ is set and greater than zero for a recipe, ``EXTENDPE`` becomes that
+ value (e.g if ``PE`` is equal to "1" then ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "1").
+ If a recipe's ``PE`` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero,
+ ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "".
+
+ See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example.
+
+ EXTENDPKGV
+ The full package version specification as it appears on the final
+ packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used
+ to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another
+ package in the same recipe:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
+
+ The dependency relationships are intended to force the package
+ manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step.
+
+ EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS
+ When set, the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` variable indicates that these
+ tools are not in the source tree.
+
+ When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over
+ any externally installed tools. Setting the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS``
+ variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed
+ external tools. See the
+ :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in
+ ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used.
+
+ EXTERNALSRC
+ When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
+ class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of
+ the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the
+ :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build
+ system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code.
+
+ For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
+ ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
+ can also find information on how to use this variable in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ EXTERNALSRC_BUILD
+ When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
+ class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's
+ source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build
+ system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable,
+ which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build
+ Directory.
+
+ For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
+ ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
+ can also find information on how to use this variable in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ EXTRA_AUTORECONF
+ For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`
+ class, you can use ``EXTRA_AUTORECONF`` to specify extra options to
+ pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
+
+ The default value is "--exclude=autopoint".
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES
+ A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing
+ more than one feature, separate them with a space.
+
+ Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file,
+ which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best
+ practices dictate that you do not.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the
+ IMAGE_FEATURES
+ variable.
+
+ Here are some examples of features you can add:
+
+ - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including
+ symbol information for debugging and profiling.
+
+ - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and
+ enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and
+ 'post-install-logging' features in the "`Image
+ Features <#ref-features-image>`__" section for more information.
+ - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is
+ useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image.
+ - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is
+ read-only. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information
+ - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace.
+ - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make,
+ pkgconfig and so forth.
+ - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools
+ such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth.
+
+ For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto
+ Project, see the "`Image Features <#ref-features-image>`__" section.
+
+ For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
+ variable, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGECMD
+ Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has
+ been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting
+ this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is
+ an example:
+ ::
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096"
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS
+ A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for
+ installing into the root filesystem.
+
+ Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
+ needed in the root filesystem. You can use the ``EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS``
+ variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A
+ typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various
+ \*RDEPENDS and \*RRECOMMENDS
+ variables.
+
+ EXTRANATIVEPATH
+ A list of subdirectories of
+ ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}``
+ added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an
+ example, the following prepends
+ "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to
+ ``PATH``:
+ ::
+
+ EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar"
+
+ EXTRA_OECMAKE
+ Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the
+ :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information.
+
+ EXTRA_OECONF
+ Additional ``configure`` script options. See
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for
+ additional information on passing configure script options.
+
+ EXTRA_OEMAKE
+ Additional GNU ``make`` options.
+
+ Because the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` defaults to "", you need to set the
+ variable to specify any required GNU options.
+
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of
+ ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to pass the required flags.
+
+ EXTRA_OESCONS
+ When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this
+ variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass
+ to the ``scons`` command line.
+
+ EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS
+ When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>`
+ class, this variable provides image level user and group operations.
+ This is a more global method of providing user and group
+ configuration as compared to using the
+ :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and
+ group configurations to a specific recipe.
+
+ The set list of commands you can configure using the
+ ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These
+ commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names:
+ ::
+
+ # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
+ # useradd -p '' tester; \
+ # groupadd developers; \
+ # userdel nobody; \
+ # groupdel -g video; \
+ # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \
+ # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \
+ # "
+
+ FEATURE_PACKAGES
+ Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific
+ item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
+ When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of
+ the feature item as an override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2"
+
+ In this example, if "widget" were added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``,
+ package1 and package2 would be included in the image.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Packages installed by features defined through
+ FEATURE_PACKAGES
+ are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not
+ confuse the
+ FEATURE_PACKAGES
+ variable with package groups, which are discussed elsewhere in the
+ documentation.
+
+ FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI
+ Points to the base URL of the server and location within the
+ document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by
+ OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set
+ this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ Consider the following example:
+ ::
+
+ FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir"
+
+ This example assumes you are serving
+ your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory
+ named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's
+ document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates
+ a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with
+ the feed.
+
+ FILES
+ The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The
+ :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages
+ generated by a recipe.
+
+ To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that
+ identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated
+ list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as
+ part of the resulting package. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using
+ Python's
+ `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_
+ syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by
+ following the previous link.
+
+ - When specifying paths as part of the ``FILES`` variable, it is
+ good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example,
+ use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}``
+ rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these
+ variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in
+ the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also
+ find the default values of the various ``FILES_*`` variables in
+ this file.
+
+ If some of the files you provide with the ``FILES`` variable are
+ editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the
+ package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you
+ can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See
+ the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on
+ how to identify these files to the PMS.
+
+ FILES_SOLIBSDEV
+ Defines the file specification to match
+ :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words,
+ ``FILES_SOLIBSDEV`` defines the full path name of the development
+ symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform.
+
+ The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is
+ set:
+ ::
+
+ FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}"
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS
+ Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
+ looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append
+ files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes
+ are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH`
+ variable. You can extend ``FILESPATH`` variable by using
+ ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``.
+
+ Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using
+ ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you
+ prepend paths as follows:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+
+ In the above example, the build system first
+ looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the
+ corresponding append file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When extending ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``, be sure to use the immediate
+ expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that
+ BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the
+ directive is encountered rather than at some later time when
+ expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the
+ files you need.
+
+ Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are
+ prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you
+ are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories
+ to the search path.
+
+ Here is another common use:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
+
+ In this example, the build system extends the
+ ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is
+ in the same directory as the corresponding append file.
+
+ This next example specifically adds three paths:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:"
+
+ A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include
+ a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful
+ in a BSP layer:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+
+ The previous statement appears in the
+ ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the
+ :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in
+ ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine
+ override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
+ definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be
+ the value of
+ MACHINE
+ .
+
+ By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append
+ files that reside in different layers but are used for the same
+ recipe to correctly extend the path.
+
+ FILESOVERRIDES
+ A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system for creating
+ :term:`FILESPATH`. The ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable
+ uses overrides to automatically extend the
+ :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how
+ that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
+ description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides
+ are handled in the
+ ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
+ section of the BitBake User Manual.
+
+ By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as:
+ ::
+
+ FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Do not hand-edit the
+ FILESOVERRIDES
+ variable. The values match up with expected overrides and are used
+ in an expected manner by the build system.
+
+ FILESPATH
+ The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses
+ when searching for patches and files.
+
+ During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in
+ ``FILESPATH`` in the specified order when looking for files and
+ patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's
+ :term:`SRC_URI` statements.
+
+ The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the
+ ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`:
+ ::
+
+ FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \
+ "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}"
+
+ The
+ ``FILESPATH`` variable is automatically extended using the overrides
+ from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - Do not hand-edit the ``FILESPATH`` variable. If you want the
+ build system to look in directories other than the defaults,
+ extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
+ :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable.
+
+ - Be aware that the default ``FILESPATH`` directories do not map
+ to directories in custom layers where append files
+ (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find
+ patches or files that reside with your append files, you need
+ to extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
+ ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` variable.
+
+ You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For
+ example, consider a case where the following directory structure
+ exists for general and machine-specific configurations:
+ ::
+
+ files/defconfig
+ files/MACHINEA/defconfig
+ files/MACHINEB/defconfig
+
+ Also in the example, the ``SRC_URI`` statement contains
+ "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set
+ :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build
+ system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set ``MACHINE`` to
+ "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``.
+ Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the
+ build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``.
+
+ You can find out more about the patching process in the
+ ":ref:`patching-dev-environment`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
+ ":ref:`new-recipe-patching-code`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well.
+
+ FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES
+ Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part
+ of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose
+ you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups
+ and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the
+ packages themselves but this is not always possible.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``,
+ which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+ If you create your own file
+ permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the
+ distro's layer.
+
+ You define the ``FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`` variable in the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`,
+ to point to your custom
+ ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions
+ setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined
+ within the :term:`BBPATH` variable.
+
+ For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings
+ table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``.
+
+ FIT_HASH_ALG
+ Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256.
+
+ FIT_SIGN_ALG
+ Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image.
+ For e.g. rsa2048.
+
+ FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS
+ When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
+ this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages.
+ By default, the ``FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` is set to "fontconfig-utils".
+
+ FONT_PACKAGES
+ When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
+ this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to
+ be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes
+ that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
+ ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you
+ need are in a package other than that main package.
+
+ FORCE_RO_REMOVE
+ Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED``
+ during the generation of the root filesystem.
+
+ Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages.
+
+ FULL_OPTIMIZATION
+ The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
+ compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe
+ ${DEBUG_FLAGS}".
+
+ GCCPIE
+ Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C
+ Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented
+ Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute.
+
+ By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the
+ variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie"
+
+ GCCVERSION
+ Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for
+ compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the
+ ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file:
+ ::
+
+ GCCVERSION ?= "8.%"
+
+ You can override this value by setting it in a
+ configuration file such as the ``local.conf``.
+
+ GDB
+ The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger.
+
+ GITDIR
+ The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored
+ when it is cloned.
+
+ GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES
+ Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish
+ to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you specifically remove the locale
+ en_US.UTF-8
+ , you must set
+ IMAGE_LINGUAS
+ appropriately.
+
+ You can set ``GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`` in your ``local.conf`` file.
+ By default, all locales are generated.
+ ::
+
+ GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8"
+
+ GROUPADD_PARAM
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
+ passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the
+ system when the package is installed.
+
+ Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev"
+
+ For information on the standard Linux shell command
+ ``groupadd``, see http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd.
+
+ GROUPMEMS_PARAM
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
+ passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members
+ of a group when the package is installed.
+
+ For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``,
+ see http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems.
+
+ GRUB_GFXSERIAL
+ Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics
+ and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your
+ ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics
+ and serial in the menu.
+
+ See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
+ information on how this variable is used.
+
+ GRUB_OPTS
+ Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB)
+ configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate
+ multiple options.
+
+ The ``GRUB_OPTS`` variable is optional. See the
+ :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
+ on how this variable is used.
+
+ GRUB_TIMEOUT
+ Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the
+ GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB).
+
+ The ``GRUB_TIMEOUT`` variable is optional. See the
+ :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
+ on how this variable is used.
+
+ GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class,
+ this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input
+ method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other
+ than the main package.
+
+ HOMEPAGE
+ Website where more information about the software the recipe is
+ building can be found.
+
+ HOST_ARCH
+ The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as
+ :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system
+ supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
+ supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
+ configurable:
+
+ - arm
+ - i586
+ - x86_64
+ - powerpc
+ - powerpc64
+ - mips
+ - mipsel
+
+ HOST_CC_ARCH
+ Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the
+ C compiler.
+
+ Default initialization for ``HOST_CC_ARCH`` varies depending on what
+ is being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the
+ target
+
+ - ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` when building for the build host (i.e.
+ ``-native``)
+
+ - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e.
+ ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ HOST_OS
+ Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally
+ the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can
+ be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for
+ ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and
+ "linux-musleabi" values possible.
+
+ HOST_PREFIX
+ Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. ``HOST_PREFIX``
+ is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`.
+
+ HOST_SYS
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
+ current recipe.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`HOST_ARCH`,
+ :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`HOST_OS` variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You do not need to set the variable yourself.
+
+ Consider these two examples:
+
+ - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the
+ value is "i686-linux".
+
+ - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running
+ Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
+
+ HOSTTOOLS
+ A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
+ should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
+ filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool
+ specified in the value of ``HOSTTOOLS`` is not found on the build
+ host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build
+ is not started.
+
+ For additional information, see
+ :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`.
+
+ HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL
+ A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
+ should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
+ filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike
+ :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system
+ does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of
+ ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can
+ use ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` to filter optional host tools.
+
+ HOST_VENDOR
+ Specifies the name of the vendor. ``HOST_VENDOR`` is normally the
+ same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`.
+
+ ICECC_DISABLED
+ Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more
+ information on this function and best practices for using this
+ variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`"
+ section.
+
+ Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the
+ function:
+ ::
+
+ ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
+
+ To enable the function, set the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ICECC_DISABLED = ""
+
+ ICECC_ENV_EXEC
+ Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This
+ variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You
+ set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded
+ build system uses the default script provided by the
+ ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not
+ the one that comes with ``icecc``.
+
+ ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE
+ Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel
+ compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x
+ represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the
+ network, which are machines running the
+ iceccd
+ daemon.
+
+ If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the
+ maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best
+ performance could take some experimentation since machine speed,
+ network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all
+ affect build time. Consequently, unlike the
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no
+ rule-of-thumb for setting ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`` to achieve optimal
+ performance.
+
+ If you do not set ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE``, the build system does not
+ use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of
+ cores as is done with ``PARALLEL_MAKE``).
+
+ ICECC_PATH
+ The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define
+ this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts
+ to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``.
+
+ ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL
+ Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
+ compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
+ :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
+ them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes
+ you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
+
+ ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL
+ Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
+ compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
+ :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
+ them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages
+ you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
+
+ ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL
+ Identifies user recipes that use an empty
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to
+ force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream
+ distributed compile support. This variable is used by the
+ :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ IMAGE_BASENAME
+ The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the
+ recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``).
+
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES
+ A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
+ when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
+ ``bootimg-partition`` or ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default,
+ the files are
+ installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
+ installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
+ (;). Source files need to be located in
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
+ examples:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel"
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}"
+
+ Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
+ this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
+ name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
+ within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
+ Here are two examples:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*"
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/"
+
+ The first example
+ installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles``
+ into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
+ the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
+
+ You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
+ section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
+ material for Wic is located in the
+ ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-kickstart`" chapter.
+
+ IMAGE_CLASSES
+ A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use
+ this variable to specify the list of classes that register the
+ different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates.
+
+ The default value for ``IMAGE_CLASSES`` is ``image_types``. You can
+ set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution
+ configuration file.
+
+ For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ IMAGE_CMD
+ Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image
+ type, which corresponds to the value set set in
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``,
+ ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use
+ an override for the associated type. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \
+ --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \
+ ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}"
+
+ You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding
+ support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this
+ variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>`
+ class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``.
+
+ IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES
+ Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that
+ are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image.
+ These files list basic device nodes that should be created under
+ ``/dev`` within the image. If ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` is not set,
+ ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by
+ :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write
+ device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an
+ example.
+
+ IMAGE_FEATURES
+ The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you
+ configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this
+ variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do
+ not.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES
+ variable.
+
+ For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see
+ the "`Image Features <#ref-features-image>`__" section.
+
+ For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
+ variable, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ IMAGE_FSTYPES
+ Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the
+ build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting
+ ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root
+ filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2"
+
+ For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can
+ choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are
+ setting ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` inside the recipe, you must set
+ ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` prior to using the "inherit image" line.
+
+ - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this
+ variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``_append``
+ or ``_prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or
+ more options to the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable.
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL
+ Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image
+ through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the
+ ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with care to avoid ordering issues.
+
+ Image recipes set ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to specify the packages to
+ install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally,
+ "helper" classes such as the
+ :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class exist that can
+ take lists used with ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and turn them into
+ auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its
+ default contents.
+
+ When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name"
+
+ Be sure to include the space
+ between the quotation character and the start of the package name or
+ names.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - When working with a
+ ```core-image-minimal-initramfs`` <#images-core-image-minimal-initramfs>`__
+ image, do not use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable to specify
+ packages for installation. Instead, use the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which
+ allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a
+ fixed set of packages and not be affected by ``IMAGE_INSTALL``.
+ For information on creating an initramfs, see the
+ ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ - Using ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` with the
+ :ref:`+= <bitbake:appending-and-prepending>`
+ BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from
+ within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator
+ in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since
+ ``core-image.bbclass`` sets ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to a default
+ value using the
+ :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>`
+ operator, using a ``+=`` operation against ``IMAGE_INSTALL``
+ results in unexpected behavior when used within
+ ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from
+ within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the
+ specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is
+ contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work.
+
+ IMAGE_LINGUAS
+ Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the
+ root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system
+ automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization,
+ into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable
+ ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already
+ selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is
+ an example:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de"
+
+ In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese
+ and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are
+ installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as
+ ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages
+ only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific
+ language).
+
+ See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
+ variable for information on generating GLIBC locales.
+
+ IMAGE_MANIFEST
+ The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed
+ packages that make up the image. The file contains package
+ information on a line-per-package basis as follows:
+ ::
+
+ packagename packagearch version
+
+ The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest"
+
+ The location is
+ derived using the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
+ and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find
+ information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`image-generation-dev-environment`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ IMAGE_NAME
+ The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable
+ is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`,
+ :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`DATETIME`
+ variables:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_NAME = "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}"
+
+ IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
+ Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial
+ image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk
+ usage value for the image is greater than the sum of
+ ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` and ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``. The result of
+ the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk
+ space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a
+ multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in
+ 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to
+ determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that
+ post install scripts and the package management system uses disk
+ space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does
+ not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See
+ ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` for information on how the build system
+ determines the overall image size.
+
+ The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room
+ to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a
+ small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you
+ can increase the default value. For example, the following setting
+ gives you 50% free space added to the image:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5"
+
+ Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is
+ added to the image by using the ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``
+ variable.
+
+ IMAGE_PKGTYPE
+ Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by
+ the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`,
+ :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`,
+ :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or
+ :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ package_tar
+ class is broken and is not supported. It is recommended that you
+ do not use it.
+
+ The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and
+ :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE``
+ for packaging up images and SDKs.
+
+ You should not set the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` manually. Rather, the
+ variable is set indirectly through the appropriate
+ :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM,
+ or IPK) that appears with the variable
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Files using the
+ .tar
+ format are never used as a substitute packaging format for DEB,
+ RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image or SDK.
+
+ IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system creates the final image output files. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
+ system creates the final image output files. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS
+ The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction
+ (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This
+ variable is not configurable. Do not change it.
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT
+ Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the
+ size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is
+ rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is
+ "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for
+ additional information.
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
+ Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By
+ default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added
+ to the image after the build system determines the image size as
+ described in ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``.
+
+ This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a
+ specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an
+ image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of
+ free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880"
+
+ For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests
+ 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040"
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
+ Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded
+ build system determines the final size for the generated image using
+ an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for
+ the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested
+ additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically,
+ the build system determines the final size of the generated image as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size:
+ internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace
+ else:
+ internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace
+ where:
+ image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image.
+ overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
+ rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
+ internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications.
+ xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
+
+ See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
+ and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
+ variables for related information.
+
+ IMAGE_TYPEDEP
+ Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an
+ example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3"
+
+ In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is
+ listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable,
+ the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since
+ one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted
+ partition containing the root filesystem.
+
+ IMAGE_TYPES
+ Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default:
+
+ - btrfs
+ - container
+ - cpio
+ - cpio.gz
+ - cpio.lz4
+ - cpio.lzma
+ - cpio.xz
+ - cramfs
+ - ext2
+ - ext2.bz2
+ - ext2.gz
+ - ext2.lzma
+ - ext3
+ - ext3.gz
+ - ext4
+ - ext4.gz
+ - f2fs
+ - hddimg
+ - iso
+ - jffs2
+ - jffs2.sum
+ - multiubi
+ - squashfs
+ - squashfs-lz4
+ - squashfs-lzo
+ - squashfs-xz
+ - tar
+ - tar.bz2
+ - tar.gz
+ - tar.lz4
+ - tar.xz
+ - tar.zst
+ - ubi
+ - ubifs
+ - wic
+ - wic.bz2
+ - wic.gz
+ - wic.lzma
+
+ For more information about these types of images, see
+ ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ INC_PR
+ Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common
+ ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the
+ recipe revision as set from within an include file.
+
+ Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across
+ several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its
+ :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when
+ the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find
+ all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the
+ updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get
+ complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide
+ common functionality are upgraded to a new revision.
+
+ A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the
+ ``INC_PR`` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes
+ share and then expand the ``INC_PR`` variable within the recipes to
+ help define the recipe revision.
+
+ The following provides an example that shows how to use the
+ ``INC_PR`` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the
+ variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you
+ can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You
+ will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more
+ granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2"
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1"
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0"
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3"
+
+ The
+ first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be
+ used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining
+ lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the
+ ``PR`` value is set.
+
+ INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE
+ Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would
+ appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded
+ from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed
+ incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually
+ licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This functionality is only regularly tested using the following
+ setting:
+ ::
+
+ INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0"
+
+
+ Although you can use other settings, you might be required to
+ remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that
+ are required to produce a functional system image.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be
+ used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define
+ a variable
+ COMPATIBLE_LICENSES
+ with the names of the licences that are allowed. Then define
+ INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE
+ as:
+ ::
+
+ INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}"
+
+
+ This will result in
+ INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE
+ containing the names of all licences from
+ AVAILABLE_LICENSES
+ except the ones specified in
+ COMPATIBLE_LICENSES
+ , thus only allowing the latter licences to be used.
+
+ INHERIT
+ Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous
+ functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base
+ configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
+ system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes.
+
+ For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the
+ :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`"
+ section in the Bitbake User Manual.
+
+ INHERIT_DISTRO
+ Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is
+ unlikely that you want to edit this variable.
+
+ The default value of the variable is set as follows in the
+ ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license"
+
+ INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS
+ Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard
+ C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`.
+ This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any
+ compilation using the C compiler.
+
+ Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from
+ being added.
+
+ INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT
+ Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug
+ information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out
+ debugging information during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on
+ how debug information is split out, see the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
+ variable.
+
+ To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information
+ during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1"
+
+ INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP
+ If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting
+ packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source
+ files.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts
+ the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``.
+ Consequently, you should not set ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`` when you
+ plan to debug in general.
+
+ INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP
+ If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the
+ resulting sysroot.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the
+ resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the
+ ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit
+ this stripping.
+
+ If you want to use this variable, include the
+ :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a
+ ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts
+ accordingly.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Use of the
+ INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP
+ variable occurs in rare and special circumstances. For example,
+ suppose you are building bare-metal firmware by using an external
+ GCC toolchain. Furthermore, even if the toolchain's binaries are
+ strippable, other files exist that are needed for the build that
+ are not strippable.
+
+ INITRAMFS_FSTYPES
+ Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem
+ (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the
+ same as those supported by the
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
+
+ The default value of this variable, which is set in the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's
+ initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem
+ `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects
+ an optionally compressed cpio archive.
+
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE
+ Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image
+ recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
+ image. In other words, the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable causes an
+ additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root
+ filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The
+ initramfs image recipe you provide should set
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`.
+
+ An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for
+ early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate
+ and mount the "real" root filesystem).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See the
+ meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb
+ recipe in the
+ Source Directory
+ for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as
+ the one built to provide the initramfs image, set
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE
+ to "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
+
+ You can also find more information by referencing the
+ ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in
+ the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class,
+ and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use
+ the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable.
+
+ If ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` is empty, which is the default, then no
+ initramfs image is built.
+
+ For more information, you can also see the
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
+ variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the
+ kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs
+ image, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE
+ Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an
+ extra pass
+ (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during
+ kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains
+ both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
+ image. This makes use of the
+ :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel
+ feature.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a
+ circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs
+ recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be
+ the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the
+ kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe
+ since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image.
+
+ The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory,
+ which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the
+ initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1"
+
+ By default, the
+ :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a
+ null string as follows:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= ""
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You must set the
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE
+ variable in a configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a
+ recipe file.
+
+ See the
+ :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>`
+ file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an
+ initramfs, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME
+ The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
+ set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the
+ ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
+ file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ INITRAMFS_NAME
+ The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
+ set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
+ variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ INITRD
+ Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an
+ initial RAM disk (``initrd``).
+
+ The ``INITRD`` variable is an optional variable used with the
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
+
+ INITRD_IMAGE
+ When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"),
+ ``INITRD_IMAGE`` specifies the image recipe that should be built to
+ provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is
+ "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
+
+ See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more
+ information.
+
+ INITSCRIPT_NAME
+ The filename of the initialization script as installed to
+ ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``.
+
+ This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
+ The variable is mandatory.
+
+ INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES
+ A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages
+ are specified, you need to append the package name to the other
+ ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override.
+
+ This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
+ The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN`
+ variable.
+
+ INITSCRIPT_PARAMS
+ Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ."
+
+ In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script
+ in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6.
+
+ The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the
+ :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class.
+
+ The value in ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`` is passed through to the
+ ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters,
+ please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at
+ http://www.tin.org/bin/man.cgi?section=8&topic=update-rc.d.
+
+ INSANE_SKIP
+ Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a
+ recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so``
+ files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the
+ recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example
+ is ``${PN}``:
+ ::
+
+ INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
+
+ See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a
+ list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable.
+
+ INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE
+ By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file.
+ Set the ``INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`` variable to "0" at the
+ configuration level to disable this behavior.
+
+ IPK_FEED_URIS
+ When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on
+ the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the
+ target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once
+ the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades
+ using the package manager at runtime.
+
+ KARCH
+ Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the
+ configuration. Architectures supported for this release are:
+
+ - powerpc
+ - i386
+ - x86_64
+ - arm
+ - qemu
+ - mips
+
+ You define the ``KARCH`` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`.
+
+ KBRANCH
+ A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify
+ the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a
+ build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch
+ you want is being used by the build process.
+
+ Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the
+ kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the
+ ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the
+ ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH``
+ is set as follows in that kernel recipe file:
+ ::
+
+ KBRANCH ?= "standard/base"
+
+ This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify
+ the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target
+ hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's
+ append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the
+ BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the
+ Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA
+ machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named
+ ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``.
+ Here are the related statements from that append file:
+ ::
+
+ KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
+ KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone"
+
+ The ``KBRANCH`` statements
+ identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported
+ BSP.
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG
+ When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
+ class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use
+ during a kernel build.
+
+ Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a
+ build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you
+ would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e.
+ "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that
+ is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the
+ ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable and append the
+ :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the
+ ``defconfig`` file.
+
+ To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe
+ using the following form:
+ ::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file
+
+ Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses
+ a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig":
+ ::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig"
+
+ As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file:
+ ::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file
+
+ For more
+ information on how to use the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+ KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE
+ Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to
+ the kernel image type specified using the
+ :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable.
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME
+ Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the
+ name of the artifacts by changing the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``
+ variable.
+
+ The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the
+ ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the
+ following default value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, and :term:`MACHINE`
+ variables for additional information.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX variable is set to DATETIME.
+
+ KERNEL_CLASSES
+ A list of classes defining kernel image types that the
+ :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You
+ typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An
+ example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and
+ resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register
+ custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this
+ variable.
+
+ KERNEL_DEVICETREE
+ Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e.
+ the ``.dtb``) file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Legacy support exists for specifying the full path to the device
+ tree. However, providing just the .dtb file is preferred.
+
+ In order to use this variable, the
+ :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
+ be inherited.
+
+ KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME
+ The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
+ is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The
+ value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in
+ the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ KERNEL_DTB_NAME
+ The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
+ is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
+ variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS
+ Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded
+ build system passes on when compiling the kernel.
+
+ KERNEL_FEATURES
+ Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build
+ system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs)
+ :term:`Metadata` is provided through the
+ :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH`
+ variables. You can use the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable from within
+ the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for
+ all BSPs or specific BSPs.
+
+ The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments
+ and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as
+ config fragments. You typically override the ``KERNEL_FEATURES``
+ variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide
+ validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features.
+
+ For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12``
+ kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs
+ as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two
+ statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc"
+
+ KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME
+ The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
+ variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the
+ ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
+ file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ KERNEL_FIT_NAME
+ The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
+ variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
+ variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME
+ The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the
+ ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value of
+ the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
+ file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE
+ Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If
+ ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is set, the size of the kernel image file is
+ checked against the set value during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if
+ the kernel image file is larger than the setting.
+
+ ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is useful for target devices that have a
+ limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored.
+
+ By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the
+ kernel image is not checked.
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME
+ The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the
+ ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the
+ :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
+ which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGETYPE
+ The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine
+ configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used
+ when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to
+ build.
+
+ If you want to build an alternate kernel image type, use the
+ :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` variable.
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD
+ Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This variable replaces the deprecated
+ module_autoload
+ variable.
+
+ You can use the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` variable anywhere that it
+ can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel
+ module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution
+ configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe
+ itself).
+
+ Specify it as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3"
+
+ Including ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` causes the OpenEmbedded build
+ system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with
+ the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear
+ one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use
+ case:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name"
+
+ For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with
+ ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable.
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF
+ Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify
+ configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to
+ provide those module configurations, see the
+ :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable.
+
+ KERNEL_PATH
+ The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
+ of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
+ the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
+ how this variable is used, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+ To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
+ modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
+ :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to
+ the ``KERNEL_PATH`` variable. Both variables are common variables
+ used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
+
+ KERNEL_SRC
+ The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
+ of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
+ the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
+ how this variable is used, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+ To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
+ modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
+ :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical
+ to the ``KERNEL_SRC`` variable. Both variables are common variables
+ used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
+
+ KERNEL_VERSION
+ Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h``
+ or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting
+ this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been
+ configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in
+ contexts prior to configuration will not work.
+
+ KERNELDEPMODDEPEND
+ Specifies whether the data referenced through
+ :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. The
+ ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` does not control whether or not that data
+ exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to
+ use the data, set the ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` variable in your
+ ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not
+ needed avoids a potential dependency loop.
+
+ KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION
+ Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use
+ this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration
+ fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc``
+ to describe SMP being enabled:
+ ::
+
+ define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP"
+
+ KMACHINE
+ The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used
+ by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the
+ OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common``
+ goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel
+ understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these,
+ the ``KMACHINE`` variable maps the kernel machine name to the
+ OpenEmbedded build system machine name.
+
+ These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux
+ Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the
+ ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file:
+ ::
+
+ LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}"
+ SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974"
+ SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711"
+ KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32"
+ KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}"
+
+ The ``KMACHINE`` statement says
+ that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32".
+ However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as
+ "core2-32-intel-common".
+
+ KTYPE
+ Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
+ The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
+ kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:kernel types`"
+ section in the
+ Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
+ kernel types.
+
+ You define the ``KTYPE`` variable in the
+ :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`. The
+ value you use must match the value used for the
+ :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the
+ kernel recipe.
+
+ LABELS
+ Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration.
+
+ See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
+ information on how this variable is used.
+
+ LAYERDEPENDS
+ Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends.
+ Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency
+ by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
+
+ In this previous example,
+ version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against
+ :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``.
+
+ An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version
+ numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in
+ the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of
+ the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``).
+
+ LAYERDIR
+ When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable
+ provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not
+ available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded
+ immediately when parsing of the file completes.
+
+ LAYERRECOMMENDS
+ Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this
+ layer.
+
+ Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a
+ recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name.
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
+
+ In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared
+ against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``.
+
+ This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
+ suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
+ ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``).
+
+ LAYERSERIES_COMPAT
+ Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which
+ a layer is compatible. Using the ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` variable
+ allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the
+ layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the
+ system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new
+ releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained).
+
+ To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use
+ this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file.
+ For the list, use the Yocto Project
+ :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </wiki/Releases>` (e.g.
+ DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the
+ layer, use a space-separated list:
+ ::
+
+ LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting
+ LAYERSERIES_COMPAT
+ is required by the Yocto Project Compatible version 2 standard.
+ The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable
+ is not set for any given layer.
+
+ See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating your own layer`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ LAYERVERSION
+ Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You
+ can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for
+ another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer.
+ This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
+ suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
+ ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``).
+
+ LD
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker.
+
+ LDFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported
+ to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software
+ being built during the compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``LDFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the
+ target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for
+ an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ LEAD_SONAME
+ Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``)
+ that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its
+ naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries.
+
+ This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class.
+
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM
+ Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code.
+
+ This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code
+ files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build
+ failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any
+ license change.
+
+ This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless
+ :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED").
+
+ For more information, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-configuring-lic_files_chksum`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ LICENSE
+ The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules:
+
+ - Do not use spaces within individual license names.
+
+ - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice
+ between licenses.
+
+ - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when multiple licenses
+ exist that cover different parts of the source.
+
+ - You can use spaces between license names.
+
+ - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in
+ ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the
+ :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in
+ ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``.
+
+ Here are some examples:
+ ::
+
+ LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3"
+ LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1"
+ LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
+
+ The first example is from the
+ recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either
+ the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from
+ Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code.
+ The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single
+ license.
+
+ You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle
+ situations where components of the output have different licenses.
+ For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2
+ but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free
+ Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:
+ ::
+
+ LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2"
+ LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2"
+ LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2"
+
+ LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE
+ Setting ``LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded
+ build system to create an extra package (i.e.
+ ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add
+ those packages to the
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``_${PN}``.
+
+ The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in
+ ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base
+ name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and
+ copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files
+ from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in
+ the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata
+ and copies of files marked in
+ :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing
+ license text).
+
+ For related information on providing license text, see the
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:providing license text`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS
+ Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through
+ :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in
+ order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags,
+ separate them with spaces.
+
+ This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is
+ typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses
+ in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST
+ Lists license flags that when specified in
+ :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not
+ prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise
+ known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ LICENSE_PATH
+ Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the
+ directory that holds common license text used during the build. The
+ ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other
+ areas that have additional licenses:
+ ::
+
+ LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses"
+
+ LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE
+ Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
+ The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
+ kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:kernel types`"
+ section in the
+ Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
+ kernel types.
+
+ If you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to
+ "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the
+ ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable defines the search arguments used by
+ the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the
+ kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources
+ and configuration.
+
+ LINUX_VERSION
+ The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image
+ being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define
+ this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the
+ ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in
+ ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows:
+ ::
+
+ LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24"
+
+ The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV`
+ for the recipe:
+ ::
+
+ PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}"
+
+ LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION
+ A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux
+ kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this
+ variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel
+ recipes all define the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}"
+
+ Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel
+ configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through
+ the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension
+ assuming it was set as previously shown:
+ ::
+
+ $ uname -r
+ 3.7.0-rc8-custom
+
+ LOG_DIR
+ Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes
+ overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``.
+
+ For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the
+ :term:`T` variable.
+
+ MACHINE
+ Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define
+ ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to
+ "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated
+ using QEMU:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
+
+ The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same
+ name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus,
+ when ``MACHINE`` is set to "qemux86" there exists the corresponding
+ ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file, which can be found in
+ the :term:`Source Directory` in
+ ``meta/conf/machine``.
+
+ The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped
+ include the following:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE ?= "qemuarm"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemumips"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemumips64"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemuppc"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64"
+ MACHINE ?= "genericx86"
+ MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64"
+ MACHINE ?= "beaglebone"
+ MACHINE ?= "edgerouter"
+
+ The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware
+ boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your
+ configuration adds new possible settings for
+ MACHINE
+ .
+
+ MACHINE_ARCH
+ Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This
+ variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit
+ the ``MACHINE_ARCH`` variable.
+
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS
+ A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of
+ the image being built. The build process depends on these packages
+ being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential"
+ variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot.
+ The impact of this variable affects images based on
+ ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
+ image.
+
+ This variable is similar to the
+ ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable with the exception
+ that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's
+ list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file
+ in this list is not found.
+
+ As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building
+ requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the
+ hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's
+ ``.conf`` configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init"
+
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS
+ A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of
+ the image being built. The build process does not depend on these
+ packages being present. However, because this is a
+ "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for
+ the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based
+ on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
+ image.
+
+ This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS``
+ variable with the exception that the image being built does not have
+ a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other
+ words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not
+ found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel
+ modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the
+ kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be
+ produced.
+
+ Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific
+ touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However,
+ the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on
+ the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you
+ want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the
+ kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a
+ "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will
+ not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the
+ package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would
+ use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In this example, the
+ kernel-module-ab123
+ recipe needs to explicitly set its
+ PACKAGES
+ variable to ensure that BitBake does not use the kernel recipe's
+ PACKAGES_DYNAMIC
+ variable to satisfy the dependency.
+
+ Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen,
+ keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine).
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS
+ A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
+ being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However,
+ the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the
+ packages being present.
+
+ This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
+ which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
+ ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
+
+ The variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable
+ with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency
+ on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will
+ not build if a file in this list is not found.
+
+ An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
+ for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
+ more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package
+ containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to
+ exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon
+ finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the
+ firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the
+ following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware"
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS
+ A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
+ being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image
+ being built has no build dependency on this list of packages.
+
+ This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
+ which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
+ ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
+
+ This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` variable
+ with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
+ dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the
+ image will build if a file in this list is not found.
+
+ An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
+ For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
+ more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the
+ package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the
+ WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want
+ the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package
+ not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the
+ module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the
+ following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi"
+
+ MACHINE_FEATURES
+ Specifies the list of hardware features the
+ :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related
+ information on enabling features, see the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`,
+ :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables.
+
+ For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as
+ shipped, see the "`Machine Features <#ref-features-machine>`__"
+ section.
+
+ MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL
+ Features to be added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` if not also present in
+ ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
+
+ This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
+ not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
+ the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for
+ all machine configurations. See the "`Feature
+ Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for more
+ information.
+
+ MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED
+ Features from ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
+ backfilled (i.e. added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES``) during the build. See
+ the "`Feature Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for
+ more information.
+
+ MACHINEOVERRIDES
+ A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current
+ machine. By default, this list includes the value of
+ :term:`MACHINE`.
+
+ You can extend ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that
+ should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU
+ (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following
+ override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:"
+
+ This
+ override allows variables to be overriden for all machines emulated
+ in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf``
+ recipe:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI_append_qemuall = "file://wired.config \
+ file://wired-setup \
+ "
+
+ The underlying mechanism behind
+ ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` is simply that it is included in the default
+ value of :term:`OVERRIDES`.
+
+ MAINTAINER
+ The email address of the distribution maintainer.
+
+ MIRRORS
+ Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
+ first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
+ build system tries locations defined by
+ :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then
+ locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that order.
+
+ Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
+ the default value for ``MIRRORS`` is defined in the
+ ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
+
+ MLPREFIX
+ Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a
+ special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The
+ variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or
+ removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable).
+ ``MLPREFIX`` gets set when a prefix has been added to ``PN``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The "ML" in
+ MLPREFIX
+ stands for "MultiLib". This representation is historical and comes
+ from a time when
+ nativesdk
+ was a suffix rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When
+ nativesdk
+ was turned into a prefix, it made sense to set
+ MLPREFIX
+ for it as well.
+
+ To help understand when ``MLPREFIX`` might be needed, consider when
+ :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a
+ ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version.
+ If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other
+ recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on
+ "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on
+ "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not
+ get rewritten automatically:
+ ::
+
+ do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo"
+
+ If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo"
+
+ module_autoload
+ This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``
+ variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload``
+ with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example:
+ ::
+
+ module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm"
+
+ should now be replaced with:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm"
+
+ See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information.
+
+ module_conf
+ Specifies `modprobe.d <http://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_
+ syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf``
+ file.
+
+ You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the
+ kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine
+ configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file
+ for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you
+ must also be sure to list the module name in the
+ :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
+ variable.
+
+ Here is the general syntax:
+ ::
+
+ module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax"
+
+ You must use the kernel module name override.
+
+ Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on
+ the exact syntax you want to provide with ``module_conf``.
+
+ Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to
+ populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with
+ ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options
+ ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``:
+ ::
+
+ module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2"
+
+ For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on
+ boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable.
+
+ MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY
+ Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to
+ "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the
+ kernel modules resulting from a kernel build.
+
+ MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME
+ The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
+ the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value
+ of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the
+ same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information.
+
+ MODULE_TARBALL_NAME
+ The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
+ the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
+ which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS
+ Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages
+ are being built. This variable allows output for different types of
+ target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same
+ output directory.
+
+ The default value of this variable is:
+ ::
+
+ ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS}
+
+ Some classes (e.g.
+ :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the
+ ``MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`` value.
+
+ See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information.
+
+ NATIVELSBSTRING
+ A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the
+ host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the
+ ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For
+ example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is
+ "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the
+ value resolves to "Unknown".
+
+ This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state
+ packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with
+ ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is
+ checked against
+ :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that
+ variable is set.
+
+ NM
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``.
+
+ NO_GENERIC_LICENSE
+ Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a
+ recipe. Packages exist, such as the linux-firmware package, with many
+ licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added
+ occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files,
+ which are only applicable to a specific package.
+ ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` is used to allow copying a license that does
+ not exist in common licenses.
+
+ The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a
+ recipe:
+ ::
+
+ NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source"
+
+ The following is an example that
+ uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched
+ source:
+ ::
+
+ NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt"
+
+ NO_RECOMMENDATIONS
+ Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages.
+ Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the
+ ``NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable to "1" turns this feature on: ::
+
+ NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1"
+
+ You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
+ can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
+ override: ::
+
+ NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1"
+
+ It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
+ using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
+ (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
+ variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
+ will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Some recommended packages might be required for certain system
+ functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add
+ packages with the IMAGE_INSTALL variable.
+
+ Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
+ packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
+
+ See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and
+ the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for
+ related information.
+
+ NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG
+ Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe
+ requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the
+ ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the
+ content of the debug package. For example:
+ ::
+
+ NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1"
+ FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*"
+ FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/"
+ FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch"
+
+ OBJCOPY
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``.
+
+ OBJDUMP
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``.
+
+ OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE
+ When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
+ this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed"
+ command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts
+ that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class
+ results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the
+ ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will
+ use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout.
+
+ See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class
+ applies these additional sed command arguments. For general
+ information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the
+ ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
+
+ OE_IMPORTS
+ An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what
+ Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only.
+
+ OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT
+ The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of
+ setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default
+ value is "oe-init-build-env".
+
+ If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the
+ ``OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`` variable to its name.
+
+ OE_TERMINAL
+ Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive
+ terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake
+ command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more
+ information, see the ":ref:`platdev-appdev-devshell`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ You can use the following values for the ``OE_TERMINAL`` variable:
+
+ - auto
+ - gnome
+ - xfce
+ - rxvt
+ - screen
+ - konsole
+ - none
+
+ OEROOT
+ The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script
+ is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment
+ setup script: ````` <#structure-core-script>`__. When you run this
+ script, the ``OEROOT`` variable resolves to the directory that
+ contains the script.
+
+ For additional information on how this variable is used, see the
+ initialization script.
+
+ OLDEST_KERNEL
+ Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced
+ binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the
+ Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``).
+
+ The default for this variable comes from the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this
+ default by setting the variable in a custom distribution
+ configuration file.
+
+ OVERRIDES
+ A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides
+ are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively
+ overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in
+ ``OVERRIDES`` represents the "state" during building, which includes
+ the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being
+ built, and so forth.
+
+ As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in
+ the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following
+ assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the
+ end of parsing:
+ ::
+
+ FOO_an-override = "overridden"
+
+ See the
+ ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
+ section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the
+ overrides mechanism.
+
+ The default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes the values of the
+ :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`,
+ :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and
+ :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another
+ important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override
+ allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration
+ (``.conf``) files. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for
+ OVERRIDES
+ in the output of the
+ bitbake -e
+ command. See the "
+ Viewing Variable Values
+ " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information.
+
+ P
+ The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${PN}-${PV}
+
+ PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA
+ This variable defines additional metdata to add to packages.
+
+ You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages.
+ This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as
+ the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with
+ the literal separator "\n".
+
+ The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable
+ to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package
+ specific by using the package name as a suffix.
+
+ You can find out more about applying this variable in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCH
+ The architecture of the resulting package or packages.
+
+ By default, the value of this variable is set to
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the
+ target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the
+ build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the
+ SDK.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See
+ SDK_ARCH
+ for more information.
+
+ However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the
+ target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the
+ machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of
+ :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCHS
+ Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine.
+ This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
+ hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
+ of priority. The default value for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
+ noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}".
+
+ PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN
+ Enables easily adding packages to ``PACKAGES`` before ``${PN}`` so
+ that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be
+ included in the default package.
+
+ PACKAGE_CLASSES
+ This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file
+ found in the ``conf`` folder of the
+ :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data.
+
+ You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the
+ variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk
+ package_tar"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ While it is a legal option, the
+ package_tar
+ class has limited functionality due to no support for package
+ dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that
+ you do not use it.
+
+ The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the
+ package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages
+ will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify.
+ For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk"
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system uses
+ the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK.
+
+ For information on packaging and build performance effects as a
+ result of the package manager in use, see the
+ ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section.
+
+ PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE
+ Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when
+ creating ``*-dbg`` packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger
+ (GDB).
+
+ With the ``PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`` variable, you can control
+ where debug information, which can include or exclude source files,
+ is stored:
+
+ - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next to the binary in a
+ ``.debug`` directory on the target. For example, if a binary is
+ installed into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol files are
+ installed in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are placed in
+ ``/usr/src/debug``.
+
+ - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are placed under
+ ``/usr/lib/debug`` on the target, and separated by the path from
+ where the binary is installed. For example, if a binary is
+ installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are
+ installed in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``. Source files are placed in
+ ``/usr/src/debug``.
+
+ - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
+ described with the exception that no source files are installed.
+
+ - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
+ described with the exception that all source files are placed in a
+ separate ``*-src`` pkg. This is the default behavior.
+
+ You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the
+ ":ref:`platdev-gdb-remotedebug`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY
+ Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are
+ installing complementary packages.
+
+ You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages
+ when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you
+ are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install
+ ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a
+ particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can
+ use the ``PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`` variable to specify regular
+ expressions to match the packages you want to exclude.
+
+ PACKAGE_EXCLUDE
+ Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
+
+ You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
+ can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
+ override:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name"
+
+ If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some
+ other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build
+ system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system
+ halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with
+ an iterative development process to remove specific components from a
+ system.
+
+ Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
+ packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
+
+ See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
+ :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for
+ related information.
+
+ PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS
+ Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU.
+ This variable is useful when you build for several different devices
+ that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS.
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS
+ Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the
+ package feed URIs during the build. When used, the
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variable is appended to the final package feed
+ URI, which is constructed using the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
+ variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can use the
+ PACKAGE_FEEDS_ARCHS
+ variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do
+ not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common
+ case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in
+ all available architectures for the current machine being included
+ into remote package feeds.
+
+ Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
+ defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
+
+ Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
+ ::
+
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS
+ Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`` variable makes up the middle portion of a
+ package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path
+ lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
+ and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
+
+ Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
+ defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
+
+ Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
+ ::
+
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_URIS
+ Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised
+ of ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
+
+ Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
+ defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
+
+ Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
+ ::
+
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
+
+ PACKAGE_INSTALL
+ The final list of packages passed to the package manager for
+ installation into the image.
+
+ Because the package manager controls actual installation of all
+ packages, the list of packages passed using ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` is
+ not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This
+ variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in
+ general, you should use the
+ :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify
+ packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with
+ the
+ ```core-image-minimal-initramfs`` <#images-core-image-minimal-initramfs>`__
+ image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image,
+ use the ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable. For information on creating an
+ initramfs, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY
+ Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts
+ to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to
+ install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable
+ is generally not user-defined.
+
+ PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS
+ Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the
+ :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out
+ to individual packages.
+
+ PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS
+ Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and
+ pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your
+ post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs
+ creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool
+ in order to execute, you need to list the tools in
+ ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``.
+
+ For information on running post-installation scripts, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG
+ This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a
+ recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in
+ recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define
+ feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over
+ multiple lines for readability):
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..."
+ PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\
+ --with-f1, \
+ --without-f1, \
+ build-deps-for-f1, \
+ runtime-deps-for-f1, \
+ runtime-recommends-for-f1, \
+ packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1"
+ PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\
+ ... and so on and so on ...
+
+ The ``PACKAGECONFIG`` variable itself specifies a space-separated
+ list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can
+ determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six
+ order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can
+ omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The
+ order is important and specifies the following:
+
+ 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script
+ argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if
+ the feature is enabled.
+
+ 2. Extra arguments that should be added to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or
+ ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` if the feature is disabled.
+
+ 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`)
+ that should be added if the feature is enabled.
+
+ 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`)
+ that should be added if the feature is enabled.
+
+ 5. Additional runtime recommendations
+ (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if
+ the feature is enabled.
+
+ 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) ``PACKAGECONFIG``
+ settings for this feature.
+
+ Consider the following ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block taken from the
+ ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has
+ three arguments that determine the feature's behavior.
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3"
+
+ The
+ ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is
+ enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure
+ script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to ``DEPENDS``. On the
+ other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend``
+ file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is
+ added to the configure script instead.
+
+ The basic ``PACKAGECONFIG`` structure previously described holds true
+ regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block.
+ When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe.
+
+ If you want to change an existing ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block, you can do
+ so one of two ways:
+
+ - *Append file:* Create an append file named
+ recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of
+ ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the
+ variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5"
+
+ Or, you can just append the variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4"
+
+ - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the
+ block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf``
+ or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously
+ described, you can either completely override the variable:
+ PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5" Or, you can just amend the
+ variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4"
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS
+ A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting.
+
+ Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and
+ :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` to
+ pass ``PACKAGECONFIG`` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``,
+ respectively. If you are using ``PACKAGECONFIG`` but not a class that
+ handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use
+ ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` appropriately.
+
+ PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY
+ For recipes inheriting the
+ :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting
+ ``PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`` to "1" specifies that the
+ normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth)
+ should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe,
+ which is the default behavior.
+
+ PACKAGES
+ The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}
+
+ During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task
+ goes through ``PACKAGES`` and uses the :term:`FILES`
+ variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the
+ package. If a file matches the ``FILES`` variable for more than one
+ package in ``PACKAGES``, it will be assigned to the earliest
+ (leftmost) package.
+
+ Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of
+ the patterns in ``FILES_``\ pkg match any files installed by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated,
+ unless generation is forced through the
+ :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable.
+
+ PACKAGES_DYNAMIC
+ A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for
+ optional modules that are found in other recipes.
+ ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it
+ only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard,
+ runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another
+ package is satisfied at build time through the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC``
+ variable, but a package with the module name is never actually
+ produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt
+ to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency
+ failure from the packaging system during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
+
+ Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and
+ the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being
+ satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
+ (a soft runtime dependency) instead of ``RDEPENDS``.
+
+ For an example of how to use the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable when
+ you are splitting packages, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ PACKAGESPLITFUNCS
+ Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of
+ files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this
+ variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to
+ perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function
+ should set :term:`PACKAGES`,
+ :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and
+ other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the
+ desired splitting.
+
+ PARALLEL_MAKE
+ Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify
+ parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is
+ usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of
+ parallel threads ``make`` can run.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In order for
+ PARALLEL_MAKE
+ to be effective,
+ make
+ must be called with
+ ${
+ EXTRA_OEMAKE
+ }
+ . An easy way to ensure this is to use the
+ oe_runmake
+ function.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this
+ variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
+ the
+ do_compile
+ task that result in race conditions, you can clear the
+ PARALLEL_MAKE
+ variable within the recipe as a workaround. For information on
+ addressing race conditions, see the "
+ Debugging Parallel Make Races
+ " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
+ override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
+ However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
+ CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable is
+ not set higher than "-j 20".
+
+ For more information on speeding up builds, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ PARALLEL_MAKEINST
+ Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify
+ parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` to be effective, ``make`` must
+ be called with
+ ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy
+ way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
+
+ If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
+ the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can
+ clear the ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` variable within the recipe as a
+ workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ PATCHRESOLVE
+ Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this
+ variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user".
+
+ The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the
+ OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting
+ the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and
+ places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the
+ conflicts.
+
+ Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ PATCHTOOL
+ Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of
+ three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used
+ is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the
+ quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being
+ patched, it uses "patch".
+
+ If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in
+ the recipe using one of the following:
+ ::
+
+ PATCHTOOL = "patch"
+ PATCHTOOL = "quilt"
+ PATCHTOOL = "git"
+
+ PE
+ The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The
+ variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme
+ changes in some backwards incompatible way.
+
+ ``PE`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable.
+
+ PF
+ Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and
+ revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and
+ ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following:
+ ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`}
+
+ PIXBUF_PACKAGES
+ When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>`
+ class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf
+ loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache``
+ class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
+ ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the
+ loaders you need are in a package other than that main package.
+
+ PKG
+ The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build
+ system.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When using the
+ PKG
+ variable, you must use a package name override.
+
+ For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class
+ renames the output package, it does so by setting
+ ``PKG_packagename``.
+
+ PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+ The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context.
+ ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment.
+
+ PKGD
+ Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before
+ they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
+ the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/package
+
+ Do not change this default.
+
+ PKGDATA_DIR
+ Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated
+ during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data
+ for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area.
+ This directory defaults to the following, which you should not
+ change:
+ ::
+
+ ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata
+
+ For examples of how this data is used, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more
+ information on the shared, global-state directory, see
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
+
+ PKGDEST
+ Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they
+ have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
+ the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/packages-split
+
+ Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each
+ package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change
+ this default.
+
+ PKGDESTWORK
+ Points to a temporary work area where the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata.
+ The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata
+
+ Do not change this default.
+
+ The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the
+ package metadata from ``PKGDESTWORK`` to
+ :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally.
+
+ PKGE
+ The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, ``PKGE``
+ is set to :term:`PE`.
+
+ PKGR
+ The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
+ ``PKGR`` is set to :term:`PR`.
+
+ PKGV
+ The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
+ ``PKGV`` is set to :term:`PV`.
+
+ PN
+ This variable can have two separate functions depending on the
+ context: a recipe name or a resulting package name.
+
+ ``PN`` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is
+ normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the
+ recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PN``
+ will be "expat".
+
+ The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file
+ created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+ If applicable, the ``PN`` variable also contains any special suffix
+ or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the
+ native machine, ``PN`` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build
+ packages for the target and for Multilib, ``PN`` would be ``bash``
+ and ``lib64-bash``, respectively.
+
+ PNBLACKLIST
+ Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build.
+ This variable works in conjunction with the
+ :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited
+ globally.
+
+ To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST``
+ variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that
+ prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built:
+ ::
+
+ PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization."
+
+ POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
+ can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
+ the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
+ :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
+
+ POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
+ can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
+ the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
+ :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
+
+ PR
+ The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is
+ "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the
+ values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases,
+ ``PR`` is conventionally reset to "r0".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of
+ PR
+ to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task
+ input checksums
+ along with the
+ stamp
+ and
+ shared state cache
+ mechanisms.
+
+ The ``PR`` variable primarily becomes significant when a package
+ manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In
+ this case, ``PR``, which is the default value of
+ :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which
+ package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the
+ same ``PV`` (i.e. ``PKGV``). A component having many packages with
+ the same ``PV`` usually means that the packages all install the same
+ upstream version, but with later (``PR``) version packages including
+ packaging fixes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ PR
+ does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the
+ package contents or metadata.
+
+ Because manually managing ``PR`` can be cumbersome and error-prone,
+ an automated solution exists. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER
+ If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines
+ which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the
+ preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the
+ name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using
+ the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
+
+ In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel".
+ The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of
+ the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel".
+
+ Following are more examples:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86"
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa"
+
+ For more
+ information, see the ":ref:`metadata-virtual-providers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you use a
+ virtual/\*
+ item with
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER
+ , then any recipe that
+ PROVIDES
+ that item but is not selected (defined) by
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER
+ is prevented from building, which is usually desirable since this
+ mechanism is designed to select between mutually exclusive
+ alternative providers.
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION
+ If multiple versions of recipes exist, this variable determines which
+ version is given preference. You must always suffix the variable with
+ the :term:`PN` you want to select, and you should set the
+ :term:`PV` accordingly for precedence.
+
+ The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use
+ through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any
+ number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions
+ that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are
+ two examples:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0"
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the
+ string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
+ location of the string.
+
+ The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which
+ does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename.
+ For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb``
+ where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment:
+ ::
+
+ PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}"
+
+ In this case, the correct way to select
+ ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%"
+
+ Compare that previous example
+ against the following incorrect example, which does not work:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git"
+
+ Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by
+ configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use
+ :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific
+ override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%"
+
+ Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the
+ "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible.
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The \_forcevariable override is not handled specially. This override
+ only works because the default value of OVERRIDES includes "forcevariable".
+
+ PREMIRRORS
+ Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
+ first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
+ build system tries locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream
+ source, and then locations specified by
+ :term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
+
+ Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
+ the default value for ``PREMIRRORS`` is defined in the
+ ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
+
+ Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to
+ attempt before any others by adding something like the following to
+ the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`:
+ ::
+
+ PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\
+ git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
+
+ These changes cause the
+ build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and
+ direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use
+ ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as
+ well.
+
+ PRIORITY
+ Indicates the importance of a package.
+
+ ``PRIORITY`` is considered to be part of the distribution policy
+ because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for
+ which the distribution is being produced. Thus, ``PRIORITY`` is not
+ normally set within recipes.
+
+ You can set ``PRIORITY`` to "required", "standard", "extra", and
+ "optional", which is the default.
+
+ PRIVATE_LIBS
+ Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored
+ by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This
+ variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has
+ its own private versions of a library normally provided by another
+ recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the
+ private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated
+ packages that should instead depend on the package providing the
+ standard version of the library.
+
+ Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their
+ file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser:
+ ::
+
+ PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \
+ libxpcom.so \
+ libnspr4.so \
+ libxul.so \
+ libmozalloc.so \
+ libplc4.so \
+ libplds4.so"
+
+ For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ PROVIDES
+ A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By
+ default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its
+ ``PROVIDES`` list and therefore does not need to mention that it
+ provides itself. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional
+ aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying
+ dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by
+ ``DEPENDS``.
+
+ Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe
+ file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``:
+ ::
+
+ PROVIDES = "udev"
+
+ The ``PROVIDES`` statement
+ results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Given that a recipe's own recipe name is already implicitly in its
+ own
+ PROVIDES
+ list, it is unnecessary to add aliases with the "+=" operator;
+ using a simple assignment will be sufficient. In other words,
+ while you could write:
+ ::
+
+ PROVIDES += "udev"
+
+
+ in the above, the "+=" is overkill and unnecessary.
+
+ In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the
+ ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A
+ virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular
+ functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the
+ functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``.
+ Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the
+ virtual target in ``DEPENDS`` to leave the choice of provider open.
+
+ Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form
+ "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part
+ of the name and has no syntactical significance.
+
+ The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is
+ used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies
+ (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any
+ special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For
+ example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of
+ the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory.
+
+ Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as
+ simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev"
+
+
+ PRSERV_HOST
+ The network based :term:`PR` service host and port.
+
+ The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` shows how the
+ ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set:
+ ::
+
+ PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
+
+ You must
+ set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR
+ service <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can
+ set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR service.
+
+ PTEST_ENABLED
+ Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package
+ Test <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest)
+ functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set
+ this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests
+ at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it
+ from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
+
+ PV
+ The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the
+ recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named
+ ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PV`` will be "2.0.1".
+ ``PV`` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is
+ building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code
+ repository (e.g. Git or Subversion).
+
+ ``PV`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable.
+
+ PYTHON_ABI
+ When used by recipes that inherit the
+ :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
+ :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`,
+ :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or
+ :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, denotes the
+ Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By
+ default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the
+ OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory
+ names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in
+ sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``).
+
+ Recipes that inherit the ``distutils`` class during cross-builds also
+ use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the
+ appropriate Python that the extension is targeting.
+
+ PYTHON_PN
+ When used by recipes that inherit the
+ `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
+ :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`,
+ :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or
+ :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, specifies the
+ major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, ``PYTHON_PN`` would
+ be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the
+ OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you.
+
+ The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native"
+
+ In the previous example,
+ the version of the dependency is ``PYTHON_PN``.
+
+ RANLIB
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``.
+
+ RCONFLICTS
+ The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages
+ will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed.
+
+ Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
+ conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name"
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
+ depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
+ from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RCONFLICTS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For ``operator``, you can specify the following: = < > <=
+ >= For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
+ greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ RDEPENDS
+ Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other
+ packages that must be installed in order for the package to function
+ correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the
+ package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be
+ installed:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz"
+
+ The most common types of package
+ runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore,
+ most recipes do not need to set ``RDEPENDS``. For more information,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ The practical effect of the above ``RDEPENDS`` assignment is that
+ ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the
+ package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the
+ ```do_package_write_*`` <#ref-tasks-package_write_deb>`__ tasks.
+ Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used,
+ which is determined by
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the
+ corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to
+ also install the packages on which it depends.
+
+ To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the
+ previous ``RDEPENDS`` assignment also causes a task dependency to be
+ added. This dependency is from the recipe's
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the
+ ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and
+ ``baz``.
+
+ The names of the packages you list within ``RDEPENDS`` must be the
+ names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although
+ package names and recipe names usually match, the important point
+ here is that you are providing package names within the ``RDEPENDS``
+ variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from
+ a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable.
+
+ Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
+ you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package
+ name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For
+ example, suppose you are building a development package that depends
+ on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following
+ ``RDEPENDS`` statement:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl"
+
+ In the example,
+ the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the
+ ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of
+ the variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev
+ includes
+ ${
+ PN
+ }
+ by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file
+ (
+ meta/conf/bitbake.conf
+ ). Be careful not to accidentally remove
+ ${PN}
+ when modifying
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev
+ . Use the "+=" operator rather than the "=" operator.
+
+ The package names you use with ``RDEPENDS`` must appear as they would
+ in the ``PACKAGES`` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable
+ allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the
+ :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename
+ packages), but this final package name cannot be used with
+ ``RDEPENDS``, which makes sense as ``RDEPENDS`` is meant to be
+ independent of the package format used.
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
+ depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
+ from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RDEPENDS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For operator, you can specify the following: = < > <= >= For version,
+ provide the version number.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can use
+ EXTENDPKGV
+ to provide a full package version specification.
+
+ For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
+ greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ For information on build-time dependencies, see the
+ :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
+ ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
+ ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
+ BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
+ dependencies.
+
+ REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`distro_features_check <ref-classes-distro_features_check>`
+ class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist
+ in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build
+ system to build the recipe. In other words, if the
+ ``REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that does not
+ appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, an
+ error occurs and the build stops.
+
+ RM_WORK_EXCLUDE
+ With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes
+ whose work directories should not be removed. See the
+ ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more
+ details.
+
+ ROOT_HOME
+ Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as
+ follows in the BitBake configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions
+ prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep
+ writeable data in one place.
+
+ You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or
+ in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak"
+ assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to
+ define your override:
+ ::
+
+ ROOT_HOME = "/root"
+ ROOT_HOME ?= "/root"
+
+ These
+ override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly
+ used override.
+
+ ROOTFS
+ Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
+
+ The ``ROOTFS`` variable is an optional variable used with the
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by
+ semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
+ separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package
+ management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed
+ including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``.
+ You can specify functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
+ separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ RPROVIDES
+ A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These
+ aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other
+ packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by
+ ``RDEPENDS``).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ A package's own name is implicitly already in its
+ RPROVIDES
+ list.
+
+ As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the
+ variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2"
+
+ RRECOMMENDS
+ A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being
+ built. The package being built does not depend on this list of
+ packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for
+ extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see
+ the ``RDEPENDS`` variable.
+
+ The package manager will automatically install the ``RRECOMMENDS``
+ list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can
+ prevent listed packages from being installed by using the
+ :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`,
+ :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and
+ :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables.
+
+ Packages specified in ``RRECOMMENDS`` need not actually be produced.
+ However, a recipe must exist that provides each package, either
+ through the :term:`PACKAGES` or
+ :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the
+ :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur
+ during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not
+ produced, the build continues without error.
+
+ Because the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
+ you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the
+ particular package whose usability is being extended. For example,
+ suppose you are building a development package that is extended to
+ support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name"
+
+ In the
+ example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in
+ the ``PACKAGES`` namespace before any renaming of the output package
+ by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``.
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending
+ on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
+ Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
+
+ - =
+ - <
+ - >
+ - <=
+ - >=
+
+ For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or
+ greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ RREPLACES
+ A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses
+ this variable to determine which package should be installed to
+ replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the
+ other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of
+ the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable.
+
+ As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable
+ in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced"
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies
+ depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
+ from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RREPLACES`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
+
+ - =
+ - <
+ - >
+ - <=
+ - >=
+
+ For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2
+ or greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ RSUGGESTS
+ A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation
+ by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all
+ package managers support this functionality.
+
+ As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this
+ variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package"
+
+ S
+ The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where
+ unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is
+ ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
+ where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe
+ version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named
+ anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is
+ fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set
+ ``S`` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where
+ to find the unpacked source.
+
+ As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory`
+ top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at
+ ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system
+ uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following:
+ ::
+
+ poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19
+
+ The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder.
+
+ This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git
+ repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different
+ from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the
+ source can be located:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git"
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
+
+ SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES
+ Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for
+ during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If
+ any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then
+ BitBake immediately exits with an error.
+
+ SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS
+ A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has
+ been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID
+ followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or
+ as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with
+ explicit newline characters (``\n``). If ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`` is
+ not empty and the current value of
+ :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the
+ list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the
+ current host distribution has not been tested as a build host.
+
+ SDK_ARCH
+ The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly
+ set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`.
+
+ SDK_DEPLOY
+ The directory set up and used by the
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which
+ the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines
+ ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk"
+
+ SDK_DIR
+ The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when
+ creating SDK output. The
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines
+ the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ SDK_DIR
+ directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
+ WORKDIR
+ . The final output directory is
+ SDK_DEPLOY
+ .
+
+ SDK_EXT_TYPE
+ Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the
+ extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the
+ required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value
+ "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS
+ is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the artifacts to be
+ fetched as needed.
+
+ SDK_HOST_MANIFEST
+ The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all
+ the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The
+ file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ packagename packagearch version
+
+ The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
+ defines the manifest file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest"
+
+ The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
+
+ SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA
+ When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes
+ in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data
+ allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search
+ results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map
+ dependencies more effectively.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Enabling the
+ SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA
+ variable significantly increases build time because all of world
+ needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases
+ the size of the extensible SDK.
+
+ SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN
+ When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible
+ SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when
+ :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep
+ the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable
+ toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an
+ IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional
+ steps to install the toolchain.
+
+ The ``SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`` variable defaults to "0" if
+ ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if
+ ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "full".
+
+ SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST
+ A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT`
+ value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The
+ :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the
+ default value:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc"
+
+ Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK
+ context. You can use this variable to disable those classes.
+
+ For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
+ configuration, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST
+ A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
+ system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually,
+ these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the
+ build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic
+ within the extensible SDK.
+
+ By default, ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`` is set in the
+ :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and
+ excludes the following variables:
+
+ - :term:`CONF_VERSION`
+ - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
+ - :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`
+ - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
+ - :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
+ - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR`
+ - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR`
+ - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
+
+ For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
+ configuration, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST
+ A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
+ system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By
+ default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the
+ :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class.
+
+ This list overrides the variables specified using the
+ :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
+ variable as well as any variables identified by automatic
+ blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the
+ value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not
+ be valid on the system where the SDK is installed.
+
+ For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
+ configuration, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ SDK_NAME
+ The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the
+ :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`,
+ :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
+ :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
+
+ SDK_OS
+ Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The
+ default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`.
+
+ SDK_OUTPUT
+ The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK
+ output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
+ class defines the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
+ SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image"
+ SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The SDK_OUTPUT directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
+ WORKDIR by way of SDK_DIR. The final output directory is
+ SDK_DEPLOY.
+
+ SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS
+ Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine.
+ This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
+ hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
+ of priority. The default value for ``SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
+ noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}".
+
+ SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by
+ semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you
+ can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
+ the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
+ :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
+
+ SDK_PREFIX
+ The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``SDK_PREFIX`` value to set the
+ :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building
+ ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-".
+
+ SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS
+ A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default,
+ the following tasks are added:
+
+ - do_populate_lic
+ - do_package_qa
+ - do_populate_sysroot
+ - do_deploy
+
+ Despite the default value of "" for the
+ ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable, the above four tasks are always added
+ to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the
+ ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable (e.g. you are defining additional
+ tasks that are needed in order to build
+ :term:`SDK_TARGETS`).
+
+ SDK_SYS
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, for which the SDK will be built.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
+ :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the ``SDK_SYS``
+ variable yourself.
+
+ SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST
+ The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all
+ the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The
+ file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ packagename packagearch version
+
+ The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
+ defines the manifest file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest"
+
+ The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
+
+ SDK_TARGETS
+ A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the
+ standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}"
+ (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built).
+
+ The ``SDK_TARGETS`` variable is an internal variable and typically
+ would not be changed.
+
+ SDK_TITLE
+ The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default,
+ this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or
+ :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK"
+
+ For the default distribution "poky",
+ ``SDK_TITLE`` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)".
+
+ For information on how to change this default title, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ SDK_UPDATE_URL
+ An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set,
+ the value is used as the default update server when running
+ ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK.
+
+ SDK_VENDOR
+ Specifies the name of the SDK vendor.
+
+ SDK_VERSION
+ Specifies the version of the SDK. The distribution configuration file
+ (e.g. ``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) defines the
+ ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${DATE}','snapshot')}"
+
+ For additional information, see the
+ :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and
+ :term:`DATE` variables.
+
+ SDKEXTPATH
+ The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By
+ default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO`
+ variable and is set in the
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk"
+
+ For the
+ default distribution "poky", the ``SDKEXTPATH`` is set to "poky_sdk".
+
+ For information on how to change this default directory, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ SDKIMAGE_FEATURES
+ Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to
+ the SDK generated from an image using the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
+
+ SDKMACHINE
+ The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is
+ built such that it runs on the target you specify with the
+ ``SDKMACHINE`` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf``
+ file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``.
+
+ You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable.
+ The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in
+ the Build Directory.
+ ::
+
+ SDKMACHINE ?= "i686"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You cannot set the
+ SDKMACHINE
+ variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the
+ configuration will not take affect.
+
+ SDKPATH
+ Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that
+ is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as
+ the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's
+ installation script. You can override the offered path when you run
+ the script.
+
+ SDKTARGETSYSROOT
+ The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK
+ as it will be when installed into the default
+ :term:`SDKPATH`.
+
+ SECTION
+ The section in which packages should be categorized. Package
+ management utilities can make use of this variable.
+
+ SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION
+ Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
+ building for the target. The flags are passed through the default
+ value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable.
+
+ The ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable takes the value of
+ ``FULL_OPTIMIZATION`` unless ``DEBUG_BUILD`` = "1". If that is the
+ case, the value of ``DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`` is used.
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLE
+ Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
+ `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
+ value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
+ separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device:
+ ::
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ SERIAL_CONSOLE
+ variable is deprecated. Please use the
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES
+ variable.
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES
+ Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
+ `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
+ value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
+ separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:
+ ::
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1"
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK
+ Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in
+ :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against
+ ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable
+ allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was
+ listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in
+ ``/proc/console``, you would do the following: ::
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0"
+
+ This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not
+ with systemd).
+
+ SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS
+ A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine
+ signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from
+ another recipe. For example: ::
+
+ SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2"
+
+ In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``.
+
+ You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the
+ dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand
+ side. Here is an example: ::
+
+ SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native"
+
+ In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore
+ task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining
+ their task signatures.
+
+ Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that
+ affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship,
+ the software might break during runtime if the interface of the
+ second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built.
+
+ SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE
+ A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change.
+ The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the
+ tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to
+ remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task
+ signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software
+ might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed
+ after the other had been built.
+
+ SITEINFO_BITS
+ Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value
+ should be either "32" or "64".
+
+ SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS
+ Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value
+ should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian.
+
+ SKIP_FILEDEPS
+ Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM
+ package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing
+ prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``.
+
+ To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your
+ ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your:
+ :term:`Build Directory`.
+ ::
+
+ SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1"
+
+ SOC_FAMILY
+ Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On
+ Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that
+ you include in the configuration files of all the machines.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You must include
+ conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc
+ for this variable to appear in
+ MACHINEOVERRIDES
+ .
+
+ SOLIBS
+ Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform.
+ By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is
+ defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
+
+ You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
+ ``FILES_${PN}``.
+
+ SOLIBSDEV
+ Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for
+ shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is
+ ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
+
+ You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
+ ``FILES_${PN}-dev``.
+
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH
+ When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e.
+ creating a source mirror), setting ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` to "1" in
+ your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all
+ recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is
+ compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered
+ incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or
+ both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
+ variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables
+ specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current
+ machine or host.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Do not set the
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH
+ variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words,
+ do not set the variable during a normal build.
+
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_URL
+ Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to
+ first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream
+ specified in :term:`SRC_URI`.
+
+ To use this variable, you must globally inherit the
+ :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide
+ the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax:
+ ::
+
+ INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can specify only a single URL in
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_URL
+ .
+
+ SPDXLICENSEMAP
+ Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in
+ ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default ``SPDXLICENSEMAP``
+ mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file.
+
+ For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE`
+ variable.
+
+ SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX
+ A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded
+ build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list
+ specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such
+ as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable.
+
+ SPL_BINARY
+ The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices
+ use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development
+ board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL
+ binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the
+ U-Boot recipe.
+
+ The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that
+ # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the
+ # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables
+ # to allow packaging the SPL.
+ SPL_BINARY ?= ""
+ SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}"
+ SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}"
+ SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}"
+
+ The ``SPL_BINARY`` variable helps form
+ various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+ See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide
+ for additional information.
+
+ SRC_URI
+ The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the
+ OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how
+ to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs
+ to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses
+ a single ``SRC_URI`` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or
+ append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include
+ a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances
+ of the variable.
+
+ The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI
+ protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher
+ submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL
+ parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see
+ the ":ref:`Fetchers <bitbake:bb-fetchers>`" section in the
+ BitBake User Manual.
+
+ - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped
+ with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g.
+ :ref:`patch <patching-dev-environment>` files).
+ The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH`
+ variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the
+ following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of
+ the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file
+ (``.bbappend``) resides:
+
+ - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix
+ or version numbers.
+
+ - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and
+ version but without any special package name suffix.
+
+ - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files``
+ and is also alongside the recipe or append file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you want the build system to pick up files specified through
+ a
+ SRC_URI
+ statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend
+ the
+ FILESPATH
+ variable by also using the
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS
+ variable from within your append file.
+
+ - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control
+ repository.
+
+ - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control
+ repository.
+
+ - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service)
+ revision control repository.
+
+ - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository.
+
+ - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository.
+
+ - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``.
+
+ - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``.
+
+ - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``.
+
+ - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control
+ repository.
+
+ - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision
+ control repository.
+
+ - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision
+ control repository.
+
+ - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell.
+
+ - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision
+ control repository.
+
+ - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry.
+
+ Standard and recipe-specific options for ``SRC_URI`` exist. Here are
+ standard options:
+
+ - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default
+ action is to apply the patch.
+
+ - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the
+ patch. The default level is 1.
+
+ - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should
+ be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``.
+
+ Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision
+ control system:
+
+ - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if
+ :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than
+ ``mindate``.
+
+ - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCDATE`` is not later
+ than ``maxdate``.
+
+ - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to or
+ greater than ``minrev``.
+
+ - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not later
+ than ``maxrev``.
+
+ - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to
+ ``rev``.
+
+ - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not equal to
+ ``rev``.
+
+ Here are some additional options worth mentioning:
+
+ - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is
+ an archive. The default action is to unpack the file.
+
+ - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
+ the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when
+ the Git fetcher is used.
+
+ - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the
+ specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the local (``file://``)
+ fetcher is used.
+
+ - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
+ the specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the CVS fetcher is
+ used.
+
+ - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the
+ tree when using the Git fetcher is used.
+
+ - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with
+ ``SRC_URI`` checksums when you have more than one file specified
+ in ``SRC_URI``.
+
+ - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing
+ the downloaded file.
+
+ SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects
+ whether ``SRC_URI`` contains files that are machine-specific. If so,
+ the build system automatically changes ``PACKAGE_ARCH``. Setting this
+ variable to "0" disables this behavior.
+
+ SRCDATE
+ The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable
+ applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager
+ (SCM).
+
+ SRCPV
+ Returns the version string of the current package. This string is
+ used to help define the value of :term:`PV`.
+
+ The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
+ configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}"
+
+ Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the
+ ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``)
+ located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory
+ defines ``PV`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}"
+
+ SRCREV
+ The revision of the source code used to build the package. This
+ variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note
+ that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid
+ performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses
+ your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision
+ identifier and not just a tag.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision
+ of software using
+ SRCREV
+ , see the
+ AUTOREV
+ variable description and the "
+ Automatically Incrementing a Binary Package Revision Number
+ " section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ SSTATE_DIR
+ The directory for the shared state cache.
+
+ SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK
+ If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in
+ :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when
+ fetching from the network is disabled by setting ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` to
+ "1". Using the ``SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`` variable is useful if
+ you have set ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` to point to an internal server for
+ your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching
+ from the network.
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS
+ Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror
+ locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the
+ data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS`
+ and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache
+ locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects.
+
+ You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP
+ or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state
+ cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache
+ you point to can also be from builds on other machines.
+
+ When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses
+ a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure
+ ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` with a regular expression that maps local search
+ paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account
+ :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the
+ :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the
+ following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the
+ server-provided path server_url_sstate_path:
+ ::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n"
+
+ If a mirror uses the same structure as
+ :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the
+ end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the
+ correct path within the directory structure.
+ ::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\
+ file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
+ file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH"
+
+ SSTATE_SCAN_FILES
+ Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for
+ hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated
+ list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters
+ allowed.
+
+ During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state
+ (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots.
+ That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation
+ locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled
+ by the ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` variable. Typically, recipes add files
+ they want to be scanned to the value of ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` rather
+ than the variable being comprehensively set. The
+ :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list
+ of files.
+
+ For details on the process, see the
+ :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class.
+
+ STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE
+ Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ STAGING_BASELIBDIR
+ Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ STAGING_BINDIR
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS
+ Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration
+ scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other
+ software that wants to make use of libraries or include files
+ provided by the software associated with the script.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by
+ pkg-config
+ . Consequently, if
+ pkg-config
+ is supported by the library to which you are linking, it is
+ recommended you use
+ pkg-config
+ instead of a provided configuration script.
+
+ STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ STAGING_DATADIR
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ STAGING_DIR
+ Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used
+ during packaging.
+
+ For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs,
+ see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
+ task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:sharing files between recipes`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the
+ ":ref:`configuration-compilation-and-staging-dev-environment`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Recipes should never write files directly under the
+ STAGING_DIR
+ directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the
+ directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to
+ ${
+ D
+ }
+ within your recipe's
+ do_install
+ task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of
+ those files into the sysroot.
+
+ STAGING_DIR_HOST
+ Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which
+ the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component).
+ For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies
+ files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the
+ ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on
+ the type of recipe and the build target, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` can
+ have the following values:
+
+ - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
+ "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}".
+
+ - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty
+ given the assumption that when building for the build host, the
+ build host's own directories should be used.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such
+ as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into
+ ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE``. When compiling ``-native`` recipes,
+ standard build environment variables such as
+ :term:`CPPFLAGS` and
+ :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths
+ and ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`` are searched for libraries and
+ headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option.
+
+ Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables
+ should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`,
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system
+ root correspond to ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` makes conceptual sense
+ for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and
+ libraries.
+
+ STAGING_DIR_NATIVE
+ Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building
+ components that run on the build host itself.
+
+ STAGING_DIR_TARGET
+ Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the
+ component generates code. For components that do not generate code,
+ which is the majority, ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` is set to match
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
+
+ Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but
+ those binaries in turn generate code for another different system
+ (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the
+ primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or
+ different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries
+ run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET"
+ system. The ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` variable points to the sysroot used
+ for the "HOST" system, while ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` points to the
+ sysroot used for the "TARGET" system.
+
+ STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE
+ Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ STAGING_INCDIR
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
+ sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being
+ built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
+ sysroot directory for the build host.
+
+ STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR
+ Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts.
+ Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts
+ (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with
+ the ``STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`` variable to find these artifacts
+ after the kernel has been built.
+
+ STAGING_KERNEL_DIR
+ The directory with kernel headers that are required to build
+ out-of-tree modules.
+
+ STAGING_LIBDIR
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ STAMP
+ Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path
+ to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and
+ then appending additional information. Currently, the default
+ assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
+ file is:
+ ::
+
+ STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}"
+
+ For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a
+ task should be rerun, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`,
+ :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`,
+ :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`,
+ :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable
+ information.
+
+ STAMPS_DIR
+ Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``.
+
+ STRIP
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to
+ strip symbols.
+
+ SUMMARY
+ The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for
+ packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default,
+ ``SUMMARY`` is used to define the
+ :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if ``DESCRIPTION`` is
+ not set in the recipe.
+
+ SVNDIR
+ The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are
+ stored.
+
+ SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE
+ Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a
+ console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as
+ follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:
+ ::
+
+ SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX"
+
+ The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets
+ this variable to null but then checks for a value later.
+
+ SYSLINUX_OPTS
+ Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set
+ this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options,
+ separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``).
+
+ The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable
+ to create a set of options.
+
+ SYSLINUX_SERIAL
+ Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off
+ serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The
+ variable's default value is set in the
+ :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200"
+
+ The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
+
+ SYSLINUX_SPLASH
+ An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when
+ you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe.
+
+ The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this
+ variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the
+ splash screen.
+
+ SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY
+ Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The
+ variable's default value is set in the
+ :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200"
+
+ The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
+
+ SYSROOT_DESTDIR
+ Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default
+ "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``")
+ where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task.
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS
+ Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By
+ default, the following directories are staged:
+ ::
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS = " \
+ ${includedir} \
+ ${libdir} \
+ ${base_libdir} \
+ ${nonarch_base_libdir} \
+ ${datadir} \
+ "
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST
+ Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You
+ can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of
+ directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from
+ staging. By default, the following directories are not staged:
+ ::
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \
+ ${mandir} \
+ ${docdir} \
+ ${infodir} \
+ ${datadir}/locale \
+ ${datadir}/applications \
+ ${datadir}/fonts \
+ ${datadir}/pixmaps \
+ "
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE
+ Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for
+ ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following
+ extra directories are staged:
+ ::
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \
+ ${bindir} \
+ ${sbindir} \
+ ${base_bindir} \
+ ${base_sbindir} \
+ ${libexecdir} \
+ ${sysconfdir} \
+ ${localstatedir} \
+ "
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Programs built by
+ -native
+ recipes run directly from the sysroot (
+ STAGING_DIR_NATIVE
+ ), which is why additional directories containing program
+ executables and supporting files need to be staged.
+
+ SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS
+ A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the
+ sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional
+ processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files.
+
+ SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE
+ When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
+ this variable specifies whether the specified service in
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start
+ automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to
+ automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the
+ :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable"
+
+ You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable".
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG
+ When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
+ "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the
+ configuration file that should be used. By default, the
+ :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
+ ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf"
+
+ For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
+ documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES
+ When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
+ "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` variable specifies a
+ list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot
+ entry per file. By default, the
+ :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
+ ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= ""
+
+ For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
+ documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT
+ When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
+ "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the
+ boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the
+ :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
+ ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10"
+
+ For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
+ documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
+
+ SYSTEMD_PACKAGES
+ When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
+ this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found
+ in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES``
+ variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to
+ reside in the recipes main package:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}"
+
+ If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need
+ to use ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` to list the package or packages in which
+ the build system can find the systemd unit files.
+
+ SYSTEMD_SERVICE
+ When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
+ this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package.
+
+ When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name
+ override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is
+ an example from the connman recipe:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
+
+ SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS
+ When using
+ :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
+ specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should
+ run a `getty <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__
+ (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to
+ "0".
+
+ The default value for ``SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`` is "1" (i.e. only
+ run a getty on the first virtual terminal).
+
+ T
+ This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary
+ files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a
+ particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:
+ ::
+
+ T = "${WORKDIR}/temp"
+
+ The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which
+ BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf``
+ file sets this variable.
+
+ The ``T`` variable is not to be confused with the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of
+ the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire
+ build.
+
+ TARGET_ARCH
+ The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system
+ supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
+ supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
+ configurable:
+
+ - arm
+ - i586
+ - x86_64
+ - powerpc
+ - powerpc64
+ - mips
+ - mipsel
+
+ For additional information on machine architectures, see the
+ :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable.
+
+ TARGET_AS_ARCH
+ Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
+ system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from
+ :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake
+ configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):
+ ::
+
+ TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}"
+
+ TARGET_CC_ARCH
+ Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
+ system. ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` is initialized from
+ :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is a common workaround to append
+ LDFLAGS
+ to
+ TARGET_CC_ARCH
+ in recipes that build software for the target that would not
+ otherwise respect the exported
+ LDFLAGS
+ variable.
+
+ TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH
+ This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application
+ Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for
+ cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not
+ compatible with the kernel compilation. The ``TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH``
+ variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a
+ different configuration. See the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` for an example.
+
+ TARGET_CFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
+ target. When building in the target context,
+ :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
+ default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the ``CFLAGS``
+ variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` value so that
+ executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied.
+
+ TARGET_CPPFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
+ C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building
+ in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the
+ value of this variable by default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
+ ``CPPFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CPPFLAGS``
+ value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
+ applied.
+
+ TARGET_CXXFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
+ target. When building in the target context,
+ :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
+ ``CXXFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CXXFLAGS``
+ value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
+ applied.
+
+ TARGET_FPU
+ Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets,
+ which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If
+ not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance
+ penalty.
+
+ TARGET_LD_ARCH
+ Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
+ ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from
+ :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake
+ configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):
+ ::
+
+ TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}"
+
+ TARGET_LDFLAGS
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the
+ target. When building in the target context,
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the
+ ``TARGET_LDFLAGS`` value so that executables built using the SDK also
+ have the flags applied.
+
+ TARGET_OS
+ Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to
+ "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl"
+ for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, "linux-gnueabi" and
+ "linux-musleabi" possible values exist.
+
+ TARGET_PREFIX
+ Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools.
+
+ Depending on the type of recipe and the build target,
+ ``TARGET_PREFIX`` is set as follows:
+
+ - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
+ "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-".
+
+ - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the
+ value of ``BUILD_PREFIX``.
+
+ - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the
+ variable to the value of ``SDK_PREFIX``.
+
+ TARGET_SYS
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
+ current recipe.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`,
+ :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`TARGET_OS` variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You do not need to set the TARGET_SYS variable yourself.
+
+ Consider these two examples:
+
+ - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the
+ value is "i686-linux".
+
+ - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target
+ running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
+
+ TARGET_VENDOR
+ Specifies the name of the target vendor.
+
+ TCLIBC
+ Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during
+ the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no
+ longer supported.
+
+ You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal"
+
+ TCLIBCAPPEND
+ Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the
+ ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple
+ variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this
+ mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept
+ separate to avoid potential conflicts.
+
+ In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of
+ ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky,
+ which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set
+ ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting
+ in no suffix being applied.
+
+ TCMODE
+ Specifies the toolchain selector. ``TCMODE`` controls the
+ characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the
+ OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default,
+ the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The
+ variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal
+ toolchain.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If
+ TCMODE
+ is set to a value other than "default", then it is your
+ responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the
+ default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these
+ components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for
+ the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which
+ the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go
+ to the
+ Downloads
+ page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE
+ INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release.
+
+ The ``TCMODE`` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`,
+ which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``)
+ used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``.
+
+ With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external
+ toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for
+ this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics
+ ``meta-sourcery`` layer at
+ http://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
+
+ The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the
+ Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must
+ be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of
+ the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable
+ in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed
+ the toolchain.
+
+ The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external
+ toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding
+ support for other external toolchains.
+
+ TEST_EXPORT_DIR
+ The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when
+ the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set
+ to "1".
+
+ The ``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable defaults to
+ ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``.
+
+ TEST_EXPORT_ONLY
+ Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you
+ do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a
+ manner that you to run them outside of the build system.
+
+ TEST_LOG_DIR
+ Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The
+ ``TEST_LOG_DIR`` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Actual test results reside in the task log (
+ log.do_testimage
+ ), which is in the
+ ${WORKDIR}/temp/
+ directory.
+
+ TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
+ control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this
+ command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action
+ (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified
+ command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or
+ "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then
+ power on) the device, respectively.
+
+ TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
+ pass through to the command specified in
+ :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
+ ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
+ wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
+ non-machine-specific parts of the arguments.
+
+ TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT
+ The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated
+ runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout
+ period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500
+ seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf``
+ file.
+
+ For more information on testing images, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
+ connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This
+ command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward
+ that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal
+ program does.
+
+ For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device
+ ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200"
+
+ TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
+ pass through to the command specified in
+ :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
+ ``TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
+ wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
+ non-machine-specific parts of the command.
+
+ TEST_SERVER_IP
+ The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address
+ is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this
+ variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e.
+ where the build is taking place).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ TEST_SERVER_IP
+ variable is only used for a small number of tests such as the
+ "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages from
+ WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo
+ .
+
+ TEST_TARGET
+ Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a
+ test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":
+ ::
+
+ TEST_TARGET = "qemu"
+
+ A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets
+ deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend
+ the controllers by adding a module in the layer's
+ ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the
+ ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used
+ as a value of ``TEST_TARGET``.
+
+ You can provide the following arguments with ``TEST_TARGET``:
+
+ - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the
+ ":ref:`qemu-image-enabling-tests`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information.
+
+ - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is
+ already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it
+ can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set
+ :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use
+ "simpleremote".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This argument is defined in
+ meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py
+ .
+
+ For information on running tests on hardware, see the
+ ":ref:`hardware-image-enabling-tests`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ TEST_TARGET_IP
+ The IP address of your hardware under test. The ``TEST_TARGET_IP``
+ variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is
+ set to "qemu".
+
+ When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is
+ an example:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201"
+
+ Specifying a port is
+ useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when
+ your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not
+ directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address
+ translation.
+
+ TEST_SUITES
+ An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when
+ performing automated runtime testing.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can
+ be used against images.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Currently, there is only support for running these tests under
+ QEMU.
+
+ Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add
+ your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
+
+ Alternatively, you can
+ provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against
+ the image.
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES_append = " auto"
+
+ Using this option causes the
+ build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the
+ image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped.
+
+ The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on
+ another test must appear later in the list than the test on which
+ they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two
+ tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on
+ ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B"
+
+ For more information on testing images, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ TESTIMAGE_AUTO
+ Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an
+ image is successfully built. Setting ``TESTIMAGE_AUTO`` to "1" causes
+ any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU.
+ Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for
+ which testing is requested is automatically built first.
+
+ These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest``
+ module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system
+ over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf``
+ file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the
+ OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an
+ image successfully builds:
+
+ TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1"
+
+ For more information
+ on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
+ ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section.
+
+ THISDIR
+ The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is
+ located. Do not manually set this variable.
+
+ TIME
+ The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute,
+ and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine
+ seconds past 1400 hours).
+
+ TMPDIR
+ This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system
+ uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the
+ shared state cache). By default, the ``TMPDIR`` variable points to
+ ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the
+ default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`:
+ ::
+
+ #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp"
+
+ An example use for this scenario is to set ``TMPDIR`` to a local disk,
+ which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS.
+
+ The filesystem used by ``TMPDIR`` must have standard filesystem
+ semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and
+ persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some
+ implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement.
+ Consequently, ``TMPDIR`` cannot be on NFS.
+
+ TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK
+ This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
+ building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The
+ packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set
+ that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each
+ package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example,
+ consider the following command when building an SDK:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
+
+ In this case, a default list of packages is
+ set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the
+ list. See the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+ Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
+
+ For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
+ Yocto Project development environment, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
+ information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+ TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME
+ This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets
+ the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}"
+
+ See
+ the :term:`SDK_NAME` and
+ :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional
+ information.
+
+ TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK
+ This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
+ it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the
+ target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this
+ variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs
+ on the target. See the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+ Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
+
+ For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
+ Yocto Project development environment, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
+ information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+ TOPDIR
+ The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake
+ automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build
+ environment using ````` <#structure-core-script>`__.
+
+ TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH
+ A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This
+ variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where
+ underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In
+ this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in
+ ``TARGET_ARCH``.
+
+ Do not edit this variable.
+
+ TUNE_ARCH
+ The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e.
+ ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses
+ this value to setup configuration.
+
+ ``TUNE_ARCH`` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The
+ definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically
+ adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at
+ the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` provides information for
+ ``TUNE_ARCH`` specific to the ``mips`` architecture.
+
+ ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to
+ :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target
+ machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file
+ (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}"
+
+ The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures
+ are configurable, shows supported machine architectures:
+
+ - arm
+ - i586
+ - x86_64
+ - powerpc
+ - powerpc64
+ - mips
+ - mipsel
+
+ TUNE_ASARGS
+ Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
+ system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
+ ``TUNE_ASARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
+ typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
+ through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
+ for the x86 architecture as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
+ in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
+ supply its own set of flags).
+
+ TUNE_CCARGS
+ Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
+ system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
+ ``TUNE_CCARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
+ typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
+ through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
+ in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
+ supply its own set of flags).
+
+ TUNE_LDARGS
+ Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
+ The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
+ ``TUNE_LDARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
+ typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
+ through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
+ for the x86 architecture as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
+ in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
+ supply its own set of flags).
+
+ TUNE_FEATURES
+ Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific
+ processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow
+ arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on
+ the features.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they
+ are not conflicting and that they are supported.
+
+ The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines
+ ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}"
+
+ See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information.
+
+ TUNE_PKGARCH
+ The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define
+ the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific
+ tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune"
+
+ These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine
+ include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in
+ the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32"
+
+ TUNEABI
+ An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular
+ tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt
+ libraries can use the ``TUNEABI``,
+ :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and
+ :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check
+ compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries.
+
+ If ``TUNEABI`` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the
+ :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is
+ used.
+
+ TUNEABI_OVERRIDE
+ If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the
+ :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable.
+ Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the
+ ``TUNEABI_OVERRIDE``, ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, and
+ :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a
+ tuning against their selection of libraries.
+
+ See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
+ variable is used.
+
+ TUNEABI_WHITELIST
+ A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If
+ ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST`` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers
+ that use prebuilt libraries can use the ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``,
+ :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and ``TUNEABI``
+ variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection
+ of libraries.
+
+ See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
+ variable is used.
+
+ TUNECONFLICTS[feature]
+ Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features
+ that conflict with feature.
+
+ Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in
+ the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from
+ the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file
+ that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32"
+ feature:
+ ::
+
+ TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64"
+
+ TUNEVALID[feature]
+ Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning
+ feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features
+ are specified in the machine include files (e.g.
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example
+ from that file:
+ ::
+
+ TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode."
+
+ See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory`
+ for these features.
+
+ UBOOT_CONFIG
+ Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can
+ also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual
+ cases.
+
+ Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. ::
+
+ UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config"
+
+ In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the
+ ``UBOOT_MACHINE``. The "sd" configuration defines
+ "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for ``UBOOT_MACHINE``, while the
+ "sdcard" specifies the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` to use for the U-boot image.
+
+ For more information on how the ``UBOOT_CONFIG`` is handled, see the
+ :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>`
+ class.
+
+ UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS
+ Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-boot. During FIT
+ image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
+ :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify
+ the load address to be used in
+ creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
+
+ UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS
+ Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-boot. During FIT
+ image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
+ :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in
+ creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
+
+ UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT
+ Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
+ creation, the ``UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is passed as a
+ command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
+
+ UBOOT_LOADADDRESS
+ Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
+ creation, the ``UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`` variable is passed as a
+ command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
+
+ UBOOT_LOCALVERSION
+ Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot
+ image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built
+ was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be
+ "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:
+ ::
+
+ UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto"
+
+ UBOOT_MACHINE
+ Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building
+ a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform
+ configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine
+ configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``).
+
+ Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type"
+ section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable.
+
+ UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET
+ Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target
+ is "all".
+
+ UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS
+ Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D'
+ feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class.
+
+ UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS
+ Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image.
+ During FIT image creation, the
+ ``UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used
+ in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
+ load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
+ the FIT image.
+
+ UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT
+ Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image.
+ During FIT image creation, the
+ ``UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is used
+ in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
+ entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
+ the FIT image.
+
+ UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE
+ Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0".
+
+ UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR
+ Location of the directory containing the RSA key and
+ certificate used for signing FIT image.
+
+ UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME
+ The name of keys used for signing U-boot FIT image stored in
+ :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt
+ certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have
+ :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev".
+
+ UBOOT_SUFFIX
+ Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb``
+ has a ``.sb`` extension.
+
+ The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin``
+
+ UBOOT_TARGET
+ Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed
+ directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do
+ not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process
+ passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building
+ process.
+
+ UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST
+ Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script
+ as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid
+ configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g.
+ should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`).
+ However, common options, for example, exist that are passed to all
+ configure scripts at a class level that might not be valid for some
+ configure scripts. It follows that no benefit exists in seeing a
+ warning about these options. For these cases, the options are added
+ to ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST``.
+
+ The configure arguments check that uses
+ ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`` is part of the
+ :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the
+ recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class.
+
+ UPDATERCPN
+ For recipes inheriting the
+ :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, ``UPDATERCPN``
+ specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled.
+
+ The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that
+ install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe,
+ you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes.
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX
+ You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
+ source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
+ the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by
+ picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags.
+
+ You can use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`` variable to provide a
+ regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the
+ default filter not work correctly.
+ ::
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex"
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX
+ Use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`` variable to specify a different
+ regular expression instead of the default one when the package
+ checking system is parsing the page found using
+ :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`.
+ ::
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex"
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI
+ You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
+ source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
+ the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is
+ determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and
+ attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work,
+ you can use ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`` to provide a different URI that
+ contains the link to the latest tarball.
+ ::
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url"
+
+ USE_DEVFS
+ Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The
+ default value used for ``USE_DEVFS`` is "1" when no value is
+ specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_DEVFS`` to "0" for a
+ statically populated ``/dev`` directory.
+
+ See the ":ref:`selecting-dev-manager`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to
+ use this variable.
+
+ USE_VT
+ When using
+ :ref:`SysVinit <new-recipe-enabling-system-services>`,
+ determines whether or not to run a
+ `getty <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any
+ virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those
+ terminals.
+
+ The default value used for ``USE_VT`` is "1" when no default value is
+ specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_VT`` to "0" in the
+ machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical
+ display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal
+ functionality.
+
+ USER_CLASSES
+ A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g.
+ ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth).
+
+ The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
+
+ For more information, see
+ ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC
+ If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce
+ an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group
+ identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files
+ listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
+ :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to
+ ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead.
+
+ The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply
+ ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the
+ ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan
+ on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should
+ set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error"
+
+ Overriding the
+ default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set
+ static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the
+ :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`,
+ :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and
+ :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ There is a difference in behavior between setting
+ USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC
+ to
+ error
+ and setting it to
+ warn
+ . When it is set to
+ warn
+ , the build system will report a warning for every undefined
+ uid
+ and
+ gid
+ in any recipe. But when it is set to
+ error
+ , it will only report errors for recipes that are actually built.
+ This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you
+ know will never be built.
+
+ USERADD_GID_TABLES
+ Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group
+ identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
+ adds a group to the system during package installation.
+
+ When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
+ ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
+ variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+
+ USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting the
+ USERADDEXTENSION
+ variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system to use
+ static
+ gid
+ values.
+
+ USERADD_PACKAGES
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe
+ that require users and/or groups to be added.
+
+ You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For
+ example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in
+ a recipe:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It follows that if you are going to use the
+ USERADD_PACKAGES
+ variable, you need to set one or more of the
+ USERADD_PARAM
+ ,
+ GROUPADD_PARAM
+ , or
+ GROUPMEMS_PARAM
+ variables.
+
+ USERADD_PARAM
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to
+ the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the
+ package is installed.
+
+ Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \
+ --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \
+ --user-group messagebus"
+
+ For information on the
+ standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see
+ http://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd.
+
+ USERADD_UID_TABLES
+ Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user
+ identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
+ adds a user to the system during package installation.
+
+ When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
+ ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
+ variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting the
+ USERADDEXTENSION
+ variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system to use
+ static
+ uid
+ values.
+
+ USERADDEXTENSION
+ When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system
+ to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and
+ ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`.
+
+ To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification
+ (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf``
+ file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting this variable to use static
+ uid
+ and
+ gid
+ values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the
+ useradd-staticids
+ class.
+
+ If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also
+ specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the
+ :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
+ :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
+ Additionally, you should also set the
+ :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable.
+
+ VOLATILE_LOG_DIR
+ Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory,
+ which is used to house postinstall target log files.
+
+ By default, ``VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`` is set to "yes", which means the
+ file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the
+ variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent.
+
+ WARN_QA
+ Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
+ warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
+ your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
+ can control with this variable, see the
+ ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
+
+ WKS_FILE_DEPENDS
+ When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists
+ build-time dependencies. The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is only
+ applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related
+ to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has
+ no effect.
+
+ The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is similar to the
+ :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in
+ your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the
+ ``WIC_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable are added to the ``DEPENDS`` variable.
+
+ With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to
+ specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools,
+ bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images.
+ Following is an example:
+ ::
+
+ WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool"
+
+ In the
+ previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual
+ native tool on which the build would depend.
+
+ WKS_FILE
+ Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image
+ (image\ ``.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned
+ image, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on
+ the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-kickstart`" Chapter.
+
+ WORKDIR
+ The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build
+ system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to
+ the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built.
+
+ The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
+
+ The actual directory depends on several things:
+
+ - TMPDIR
+ : The top-level build output directory
+ - MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS
+ : The target system identifier
+ - PN
+ : The recipe name
+ - EXTENDPE
+ : The epoch - (if
+ PE
+ is not specified, which is usually the case for most recipes, then
+ EXTENDPE
+ is blank)
+ - PV
+ : The recipe version
+ - PR
+ : The recipe revision
+
+ As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name
+ ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a
+ ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose
+ your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work
+ directory the build system uses to build the package would be as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
+
+ XSERVER
+ Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X
+ server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image
+ directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps
+ indirectly, includes "x11-base" in
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
+
+ The default value of ``XSERVER``, if not specified in the machine
+ configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev".
+